https://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Susanna+%C3%85n%C3%A4s&feedformat=atomWikidocumentaries - User contributions [en]2024-03-29T07:23:42ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.32.5https://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=22614Main Page2023-09-25T11:18:38Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>===Welcome to Wikidocumentaries!===<br />
Wikidocumentaries is a wiki for writing history for every historian: amateur historians, scholars and all citizens interested in history. Everyone can investigate the archives of cultural heritage from their own perspective, combine materials into narratives, enrich them with additional information and share with communities of their liking. Wikidocumentaries gives people a freedom to roam in history.<br />
<br />
<div style="padding:10px;background-color:lightblue"><br />
<big>'''[http://wikidocumentaries-demo.wmflabs.org/ Click here to enter the Wikidocumentaries website!]'''</big><br />
<br />
These pages display the design documentation. Follow '''[[#Navigation|navigation]]''' at the bottom of the page if you wish to follow or contribute to the project. Vote and propose features in the '''[http://www.allourideas.org/wikidocumentaries feature poll]!'''<br />
</div><br />
<br />
==Mockup==<br />
If the links don't work it's because it's an image! Scroll down to the bottom of the page for menu.<br />
<br />
[[File:Akseli en.jpg|1000px]] <br />
<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=22613Main Page2023-09-25T11:18:09Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div><div style="padding:10px;background-color:lightblue"><br />
<big>'''[http://wikidocumentaries-demo.wmflabs.org/ Click here to enter the Wikidocumentaries website!]'''</big><br />
<br />
These pages display the design documentation. Follow '''[[#Navigation|navigation]]''' at the bottom of the page if you wish to follow or contribute to the project. Vote and propose features in the '''[http://www.allourideas.org/wikidocumentaries feature poll]!'''<br />
</div><br />
<br />
===Welcome to Wikidocumentaries!===<br />
Wikidocumentaries is a wiki for writing history for every historian: amateur historians, scholars and all citizens interested in history. Everyone can investigate the archives of cultural heritage from their own perspective, combine materials into narratives, enrich them with additional information and share with communities of their liking. Wikidocumentaries gives people a freedom to roam in history.<br />
<br />
==Mockup==<br />
If the links don't work it's because it's an image! Scroll down to the bottom of the page for menu.<br />
<br />
[[File:Akseli en.jpg|1000px]] <br />
<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Setting_up_dev_environment&diff=22612Setting up dev environment2023-05-23T08:22:29Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Build setup: wikidocumentaries-ui */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Set up local development environment==<br />
* '''Download''' Node.js and npm at https://nodejs.org/en/download/. You need at least Node version 7.6 because Wikidocumentaries uses Async, which in only supported since that version (https://www.infoq.com/news/2017/02/node-76-async-await).<br />
* '''Clone''' the repositories from GitHub to your local hard drive<br />
** https://github.com/Wikidocumentaries/wikidocumentaries-ui<br />
** https://github.com/Wikidocumentaries/wikidocumentaries-api<br />
<br />
==Build setup: wikidocumentaries-ui==<br />
See https://github.com/Wikidocumentaries/wikidocumentaries-ui<br />
<pre><br />
# install dependencies<br />
npm install<br />
<br />
# serve with hot reload at localhost:8080<br />
npm run dev<br />
<br />
# serve with hot reload at localhost:8080<br />
# and use a local wikidocumentaries-api instead of the production one<br />
API_URL=http://localhost:3000/ npm run dev<br />
<br />
# build for production with minification<br />
npm run build<br />
<br />
# build for production and view the bundle analyzer report<br />
npm run build --report<br />
<br />
# run unit tests<br />
npm run unit<br />
<br />
# run all tests<br />
npm test<br />
</pre><br />
* '''Set environment variables'''. There are three environment variables to define. You can ask for them in the developer Slack or mail susanna.anas@gmail.com. In a Mac (bash) you can define them like this:<br />
<blockquote><pre><br />
export WIKIDOCUMENTARIES_API_USER_AGENT=<email address><br />
export FLICKR_KEY=<flickr key><br />
export BING_MAPS_KEY=<Bing maps key><br />
export MAPBOX_ACCESS_TOKEN=<Mapbox access token><br />
export TROVE_API_KEY=<Trove API key><br />
export EUROPEANA_API_KEY=<Europeana API key><br />
export SMITHSONIAN_API_KEY=<Smithsonian API key><br />
</pre></blockquote><br />
<br />
==Wikimedia and project accounts==<br />
# Get a '''Wikimedia account''' (the same account for all Wikipedias, Wikimedia Commons, Wikidata etc.) e.g. https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:UserLogin<br />
# Get the '''Wikimedia developer account''' > [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Create_a_Wikimedia_developer_account#VPS_and_General_Users Registration instructions under "VPS and General Users"]. The same key and password let you access The Wikimedia Cloud Services at https://wikitech.wikimedia.org and the git repositories located at https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/. You are also creating a separate '''Shell account'''. Read also:<br />
#* https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Main_Page<br />
#* https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Access<br />
# Create an account in Wikimedia Phabricator<br />
# Ask to join the codebase in GitHub<br />
# Ask for an account to edit this wiki<br />
<br />
==Communication channels for developers==<br />
* '''[https://github.com/Wikidocumentaries Wikidocumentaries Github repository]'''<br />
* '''[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/tag/wikidocumentaries/ Wikidocumentaries Phabricator project]'''<br />
* '''[https://wikidocumentaries.slack.com/ Wikidocumentaries Slack channel]''' Developers in channel #technology.<br />
<br />
{{design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Setting_up_dev_environment&diff=22611Setting up dev environment2023-05-23T08:21:47Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Set up local development environment */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Set up local development environment==<br />
* '''Download''' Node.js and npm at https://nodejs.org/en/download/. You need at least Node version 7.6 because Wikidocumentaries uses Async, which in only supported since that version (https://www.infoq.com/news/2017/02/node-76-async-await).<br />
* '''Clone''' the repositories from GitHub to your local hard drive<br />
** https://github.com/Wikidocumentaries/wikidocumentaries-ui<br />
** https://github.com/Wikidocumentaries/wikidocumentaries-api<br />
<br />
==Build setup: wikidocumentaries-ui==<br />
<pre><br />
# install dependencies<br />
npm install<br />
<br />
# serve with hot reload at localhost:8080<br />
npm run dev<br />
<br />
# serve with hot reload at localhost:8080<br />
# and use a local wikidocumentaries-api instead of the production one<br />
API_URL=http://localhost:3000/ npm run dev<br />
<br />
# build for production with minification<br />
npm run build<br />
<br />
# build for production and view the bundle analyzer report<br />
npm run build --report<br />
<br />
# run unit tests<br />
npm run unit<br />
<br />
# run all tests<br />
npm test<br />
</pre><br />
* '''Set environment variables'''. There are three environment variables to define. You can ask for them in the developer Slack or mail susanna.anas@gmail.com. In a Mac (bash) you can define them like this:<br />
<blockquote><pre><br />
export WIKIDOCUMENTARIES_API_USER_AGENT=<email address><br />
export FLICKR_KEY=<flickr key><br />
export BING_MAPS_KEY=<Bing maps key><br />
export MAPBOX_ACCESS_TOKEN=<Mapbox access token><br />
export TROVE_API_KEY=<Trove API key><br />
export EUROPEANA_API_KEY=<Europeana API key><br />
export SMITHSONIAN_API_KEY=<Smithsonian API key><br />
</pre></blockquote><br />
<br />
==Wikimedia and project accounts==<br />
# Get a '''Wikimedia account''' (the same account for all Wikipedias, Wikimedia Commons, Wikidata etc.) e.g. https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:UserLogin<br />
# Get the '''Wikimedia developer account''' > [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Create_a_Wikimedia_developer_account#VPS_and_General_Users Registration instructions under "VPS and General Users"]. The same key and password let you access The Wikimedia Cloud Services at https://wikitech.wikimedia.org and the git repositories located at https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/. You are also creating a separate '''Shell account'''. Read also:<br />
#* https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Main_Page<br />
#* https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Access<br />
# Create an account in Wikimedia Phabricator<br />
# Ask to join the codebase in GitHub<br />
# Ask for an account to edit this wiki<br />
<br />
==Communication channels for developers==<br />
* '''[https://github.com/Wikidocumentaries Wikidocumentaries Github repository]'''<br />
* '''[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/tag/wikidocumentaries/ Wikidocumentaries Phabricator project]'''<br />
* '''[https://wikidocumentaries.slack.com/ Wikidocumentaries Slack channel]''' Developers in channel #technology.<br />
<br />
{{design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Faceting&diff=22610Faceting2023-05-21T18:08:56Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>One of the main interfaces could be a faceted search. Faceting could also be an option for all content components.<br />
<br />
==Faceted search ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Faceted search.png]] <br />
<br />
==Faceting in a content component==<br />
<br />
[[File:Facet, works (2).png]]<br />
<br />
{{design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Faceting&diff=22609Faceting2023-05-21T15:04:48Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>One of the main interfaces could be a faceted search. Faceting could also be an option for all content components.<br />
<br />
==Faceted search ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Faceted search.png]] <br />
<br />
==Faceting in a content component==<br />
<br />
[[File:Facet, works (2).png]]</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=File:Faceted_search.png&diff=22608File:Faceted search.png2023-05-21T15:04:14Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: Susanna Ånäs uploaded a new version of File:Faceted search.png</p>
<hr />
<div></div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Faceting&diff=22607Faceting2023-05-21T15:03:50Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>One of the main interfaces could be a faceted search. Faceting could also be an option for all content components.<br />
<br />
==Faceted search ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Faceted search.png]]<br />
<br />
==Faceting in a content component==<br />
<br />
[[File:Facet, works (2).png]]</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=File:Faceted_search.png&diff=22606File:Faceted search.png2023-05-21T15:03:21Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Faceting&diff=22605Faceting2023-05-21T15:00:45Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Faceted search */</p>
<hr />
<div>One of the main interfaces could be a faceted search. Faceting could also be an option for all content components.<br />
<br />
==Faceted search ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Facet, works (2).png]]<br />
<br />
===Clearing a fecet===<br />
<br />
==Faceting in a content component==</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Faceting&diff=22604Faceting2023-05-21T15:00:35Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Faceted search */</p>
<hr />
<div>One of the main interfaces could be a faceted search. Faceting could also be an option for all content components.<br />
<br />
==Faceted search ==<br />
<br />
[[File:File:Facet, works (2).png]]<br />
<br />
===Clearing a fecet===<br />
<br />
==Faceting in a content component==</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=File:Facet,_works_(2).png&diff=22603File:Facet, works (2).png2023-05-21T15:00:12Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Faceting&diff=22602Faceting2023-05-21T14:56:25Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: Created page with "One of the main interfaces could be a faceted search. Faceting could also be an option for all content components. ==Faceted search == ===Clearing a fecet=== ==Faceting in..."</p>
<hr />
<div>One of the main interfaces could be a faceted search. Faceting could also be an option for all content components.<br />
<br />
==Faceted search ==<br />
<br />
===Clearing a fecet===<br />
<br />
==Faceting in a content component==</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Components&diff=22601Components2023-05-21T14:54:32Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div><onlyinclude><u>Components</u><br />
<br />
[[Main toolbar and footer]]<br />
<br />
[[Search]]<br />
<br />
[[Faceting]]<br />
<br />
[[Topic page header]]<br />
<br />
[[Content module]]<br />
<br />
[[Dropdown]]<br />
<br />
[[Modal]]<br />
<br />
[[Icons]]</onlyinclude><br />
<br />
{{design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22600Article2023-02-16T08:53:50Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Scenario: Article tasks */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described below.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Toolbar items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Actions that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Create new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenarios for display''==<br />
''Eetu has created a related articles feature in an [https://jiemakel.github.io/wikidoc/#/?title=Edith%20S%C3%B6dergran early demo] based on a textual match. Related articles / topics could be further worked on in different components: '''Similar topics''' shows Wikidata items based on a combination of two similar values (type + location). A generic graph visualization is also often proposed. Text-based matches should be tapped into more.''<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''One of the initial ideas of Wikidocumentaries has been to allow creating items and articles on topics that are hard to include in Wikipedias or Wikidata. The federated architecture of Wikibases would make that possible. Items could be added to the local Wikibase and articles created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki.''<br />
<br />
''By observing the possible use cases over the years, it has become obvious that most of the projects would like to have their own dedicated system for their own use and share what they find suitable instead of contributing to Wikidocumentaries. Therefore it is worth downplaying Wikidocumentaries as the only connected repository and include the whole landscape of connected repositories from the start.''<br />
<br />
''The following scenario outlines the challenges of having multilingual articles in a single wiki and combining them with the Wikidocumentaries architecture.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Storing multilingual articles in a Wikibase''===<br />
* ''All language versions of a multilingual article are stored as separate wiki pages in a wiki. To be investigated if the current architecture with multilingual pages is viable.''<br />
* ''Options for storing in the Wikibase''<br />
** ''Each of the pages (articles) will have their individual entries in the Wikibase''<br />
** ''Language versions of articles can be added to the Wikibase using the modified sitelinks feature.''<br />
* ''Navigating the articles in different languages in the MediaWiki interface needs a solution to connect them together.''<br />
* ''The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Wikidocumentaries article data''===<br />
''What data to store about an article in the Wikidocumentaries database.''<br />
* ''Articles about Wikidocumentaries topics''<br />
** ''Topic id (Wikidata)''<br />
** ''Language id''<br />
** ''Translatable title''<br />
* ''Information to allow linking it to specific topics:''<br />
** ''Items depicted in the article''<br />
** ''Date depicted by the article''<br />
** ''Locations depicted by the article''<br />
** ''Author of the article.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Testimonials not edited collaboratively''===<br />
* ''For testimonials, it is necessary to have an option to create texts that others cannot modify.''<br />
* ''The link to the contributor is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made purposefully public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Tooling, technology''===<br />
* ''The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.''<br />
* ''Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.''<br />
* ''Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be modified for the purpose?''<br />
* ''Enable the use of [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.''<br />
* ''When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.''<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Old_stuff&diff=22599Old stuff2023-02-13T12:44:02Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Upload stuff */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Images scenarios==<br />
<br />
* Favouriting the image > saving to a user-defined collection<br />
* Editing image metadata<br />
* Geolocating the image<br />
* Choosing as a header image<br />
* Removing a falsely associated image from the Images section of a topic, an act that in reality adds more data to image data object, such as the correct related topic. This data could be further user to disambiguate topics.<br />
<br />
Foreseeable future interactions:<br />
* Identifying people, places, and date<br />
<br />
See also http://wikidocumentaries.wmflabs.org/wiki/Images<br />
<br />
What is saved of the image with this first click?<br />
# Only the necessary pointers to the original image<br />
## Image url<br />
## It may be wise to save also the image hash to be able to compare with other images on the web.<br />
# or all metadata that the project can map?<br />
<br />
When the user enriches data by associating textual data with Wikidata/Wikidocumentaries entities, how is additional data saved?<br />
# Raw and refined values are saved in the same property, one as a qualifier. If the textual comes first, then it must be that as the value, and the linked value as a qualifier.<br />
# Only when the user links a value, values are recorded. This would allow the same structure to be vice-versa, the linked value as the main value, and the original textual value as a qualifier.<br />
# Raw and enriched values are saved in different properties (I cannot imagine why)<br />
<br />
**Scenarios of uploading to Wikimedia Commons**<br />
<br />
The minimum file info is saved immediately into Wikidocumentaries and uploaded to Wikimedia Commons when the data becomes complete enough<br />
* The file can be automatically saved to Wikimedia Commons, if it meets a certain minimum criteria, for example existing title, description, copyright notice, attribution, year or the lack of it.<br />
<br />
The file is immediately saved into Wikimedia Commons at any user interaction<br />
* Commons can accept partially structured data<br />
* It will however have notability policies that are more strict than what Wikidocumentaries allows<br />
* The original image will remain at the original source if the image is removed from Wikimedia Commons.<br />
* The original image can be backed up in Internet Archive to prevent it from disappearing if removed from Commons or the source.<br />
<br />
*Synchoronising sources*<br />
* How to deal with varying data of the same image, evolving metadata on any of the platforms, and serving the enhanced data further.<br />
<br />
==Upload stuff==<br />
===Where===<br />
Vue function that can be attached to different parts of the UI as part of another action or in itself<br />
* Image actions (image actions menu, image section mass actions, image viewer)<br />
** Save image to a list<br />
** Promote image to header picture<br />
* Blacklist an image / disassociate with a topic (image actions menu, image section mass actions)<br />
* Use a tool such as geotagging (image actions menu, image viewer)<br />
* Modify any parameter in the metadata (image viewer metadata editing section)<br />
<br />
===What===<br />
* Invoke OAuth<br />
* Check image hash for duplicates<br />
* Upload image file<br />
* Write original string values to SDC properties that accept string values. Note on source language.<br />
* If there are automatically mapped item-values for properties, upload those to respective properties in SDC. (*<br />
* Properties in SDC that expect items cannot be imported. They will display as not resolved (red) in the metadata viewer. They need user interaction to be resolved and updated.<br />
* The linked Wikimedia user will be noted as the uploader. Generally, the originating GLAM, the distribution platform and the image license can be recorded.<br />
<br />
*) Every user interaction could contribute to a match database on Wikidocumentaries. This data should include the combination of <br />
* the string value<br />
* the Wikidata/Wikidocumentaries property<br />
* the linked Wikidata/Wikidocumentaries item<br />
* enough context, TBD: The originating institution (for example, a certain GLAM uses a character combination to define a certain location. This string is connected with a Wikidata item, but it is only valid in the metadata of this GLAM or their collection.)</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Old_stuff&diff=22598Old stuff2023-02-13T12:42:17Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>==Images scenarios==<br />
<br />
* Favouriting the image > saving to a user-defined collection<br />
* Editing image metadata<br />
* Geolocating the image<br />
* Choosing as a header image<br />
* Removing a falsely associated image from the Images section of a topic, an act that in reality adds more data to image data object, such as the correct related topic. This data could be further user to disambiguate topics.<br />
<br />
Foreseeable future interactions:<br />
* Identifying people, places, and date<br />
<br />
See also http://wikidocumentaries.wmflabs.org/wiki/Images<br />
<br />
What is saved of the image with this first click?<br />
# Only the necessary pointers to the original image<br />
## Image url<br />
## It may be wise to save also the image hash to be able to compare with other images on the web.<br />
# or all metadata that the project can map?<br />
<br />
When the user enriches data by associating textual data with Wikidata/Wikidocumentaries entities, how is additional data saved?<br />
# Raw and refined values are saved in the same property, one as a qualifier. If the textual comes first, then it must be that as the value, and the linked value as a qualifier.<br />
# Only when the user links a value, values are recorded. This would allow the same structure to be vice-versa, the linked value as the main value, and the original textual value as a qualifier.<br />
# Raw and enriched values are saved in different properties (I cannot imagine why)<br />
<br />
**Scenarios of uploading to Wikimedia Commons**<br />
<br />
The minimum file info is saved immediately into Wikidocumentaries and uploaded to Wikimedia Commons when the data becomes complete enough<br />
* The file can be automatically saved to Wikimedia Commons, if it meets a certain minimum criteria, for example existing title, description, copyright notice, attribution, year or the lack of it.<br />
<br />
The file is immediately saved into Wikimedia Commons at any user interaction<br />
* Commons can accept partially structured data<br />
* It will however have notability policies that are more strict than what Wikidocumentaries allows<br />
* The original image will remain at the original source if the image is removed from Wikimedia Commons.<br />
* The original image can be backed up in Internet Archive to prevent it from disappearing if removed from Commons or the source.<br />
<br />
*Synchoronising sources*<br />
* How to deal with varying data of the same image, evolving metadata on any of the platforms, and serving the enhanced data further.<br />
<br />
==Upload stuff==<br />
**Where**<br />
Vue function that can be attached to different parts of the UI as part of another action or in itself<br />
- Image actions (image actions menu, image section mass actions, image viewer)<br />
- Save image to a list<br />
- Promote image to header picture<br />
- Blacklist an image / disassociate with a topic (image actions menu, image section mass actions)<br />
- Use a tool such as geotagging (image actions menu, image viewer)<br />
- Modify any parameter in the metadata (image viewer metadata editing section)<br />
<br />
**What**<br />
- Invoke OAuth<br />
- Check image hash for duplicates<br />
- Upload image file<br />
- Write original string values to SDC properties that accept string values. Note on source language.<br />
- If there are automatically mapped item-values for properties, upload those to respective properties in SDC. (*<br />
- Properties in SDC that expect items cannot be imported. They will display as not resolved (red) in the metadata viewer. They need user interaction to be resolved and updated.<br />
- The linked Wikimedia user will be noted as the uploader. Generally, the originating GLAM, the distribution platform and the image license can be recorded.<br />
<br />
*) Every user interaction could contribute to a match database on Wikidocumentaries. This data should include the combination of <br />
- the string value<br />
- the Wikidata/Wikidocumentaries property<br />
- the linked Wikidata/Wikidocumentaries item<br />
- enough context, TBD: The originating institution (for example, a certain GLAM uses a character combination to define a certain location. This string is connected with a Wikidata item, but it is only valid in the metadata of this GLAM or their collection.)</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Old_stuff&diff=22597Old stuff2023-02-13T12:13:43Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: Created page with "==Images scenarios== * Favouriting the image > saving to a user-defined collection * Editing image metadata * Geolocating the image * Choosing as a header image * Removing a..."</p>
<hr />
<div>==Images scenarios==<br />
<br />
* Favouriting the image > saving to a user-defined collection<br />
* Editing image metadata<br />
* Geolocating the image<br />
* Choosing as a header image<br />
* Removing a falsely associated image from the Images section of a topic, an act that in reality adds more data to image data object, such as the correct related topic. This data could be further user to disambiguate topics.<br />
<br />
Foreseeable future interactions:<br />
* Identifying people, places, and date<br />
<br />
See also http://wikidocumentaries.wmflabs.org/wiki/Images<br />
<br />
What is saved of the image with this first click?<br />
# Only the necessary pointers to the original image<br />
## Image url<br />
## It may be wise to save also the image hash to be able to compare with other images on the web.<br />
# or all metadata that the project can map?<br />
<br />
When the user enriches data by associating textual data with Wikidata/Wikidocumentaries entities, how is additional data saved?<br />
# Raw and refined values are saved in the same property, one as a qualifier. If the textual comes first, then it must be that as the value, and the linked value as a qualifier.<br />
# Only when the user links a value, values are recorded. This would allow the same structure to be vice-versa, the linked value as the main value, and the original textual value as a qualifier.<br />
# Raw and enriched values are saved in different properties (I cannot imagine why)<br />
<br />
**Scenarios of uploading to Wikimedia Commons**<br />
<br />
The minimum file info is saved immediately into Wikidocumentaries and uploaded to Wikimedia Commons when the data becomes complete enough<br />
* The file can be automatically saved to Wikimedia Commons, if it meets a certain minimum criteria, for example existing title, description, copyright notice, attribution, year or the lack of it.<br />
<br />
The file is immediately saved into Wikimedia Commons at any user interaction<br />
* Commons can accept partially structured data<br />
* It will however have notability policies that are more strict than what Wikidocumentaries allows<br />
* The original image will remain at the original source if the image is removed from Wikimedia Commons.<br />
* The original image can be backed up in Internet Archive to prevent it from disappearing if removed from Commons or the source.<br />
<br />
*Synchoronising sources*<br />
* How to deal with varying data of the same image, evolving metadata on any of the platforms, and serving the enhanced data further.</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Actions&diff=22596Actions2023-02-13T08:55:04Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>This is a collection of existing actions and idea for different content modules and items. The goal of this page is to identify common actions and streamline their use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
!Module<br />
!Containing element<br />
!Menu name<br />
!Action name<br />
!Action performed<br />
!Status<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add new element<br />
|Link a reference work to this topic. The imagined Citoid-based gadget will look for an existing entry in Wikidata or create a new entry in Wikidata.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Configure<br />
|Source repository<br />
|Finna etc.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Configure<br />
|Display format<br />
|Display formats: Bibliographic reference standard, Show availability, show excerpts etc<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet<br />
|By type, By repository, By author, By publication time<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Search<br />
|Search<br />
|Text search among entries<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|Favorite<br />
|Add to favorites<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|External link<br />
|View in original location<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Copy citation<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|Map<br />
|All images<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|Grid<br />
|All images<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|Timeline<br />
|All images<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Select images<br />
|When images have not been selected. Disables element actions.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Deselect images<br />
|When images have been selected. Enables element actions.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Upload selected<br />
|Upload selected to Wikimedia Commons with basic information<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Depicts this topic<br />
|Applied only to SDC images. Those that have not been uploaded are uploaded first. Those that have been tagged already are ignored.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Does not depict this topic<br />
|Removes SDC statements (or invalidates) for tagging with this item. The image is no longer displayed in the page<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Depicts another topic<br />
|Submenu or modal to choose which other topic. Careful not to loose sight of an image with the previous command first.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Set type<br />
|SDC: Submenu or modal to add type: Map / 3D model / video / sound file / pdf. To be displayed with different tools.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add to collection<br />
|Modal or submenu to choose the collection<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Restrict & sort by<br />
|Time / proximity to topic<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Depicted people / topics / places<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Wikimedia Commons categories / most used Wikidata links<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Image size / orientation / color<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Type (photograph / map / graphic / painting / rephoto)<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Creator<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Source platform / institution<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Reset selection<br />
|Clear criteria<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Export file list<br />
|Export csv. Include source and Commons.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Edit import<br />
|Choose sources, tweak parameters to the extent sensible to make available.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Save dynamic collection<br />
|Save search criteria locally (import + sort/facet) as a dynamic collection. Relate with the user.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Find<br />
|Find<br />
|Free text search among the results<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|External link<br />
|View in original location<br />
|Opens a new page<br />
|Done<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Add<br />
|Upload<br />
|Upload to Wikimedia Commons with basic information. Login to proceed.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Edit metadata<br />
|SDC: View in image viewer, allow editing metadata.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Set location<br />
|SDC: View and edit in geolocator.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Discuss<br />
|?? Needs a whole architecture, TBD<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add to collection<br />
|SDC: Modal or submenu to choose collection<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Annotate and identify<br />
|SDC: Edit in identify images<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Set type<br />
|SDC: Submenu or modal to add type: Map / 3D model / video / sound file / pdf. To be displayed with different tools.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Download image<br />
|Downloads image from the source<br />
|Done<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|External link<br />
|View or edit article<br />
|"External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|New<br />
|Create new article<br />
|Creates a new article if it does not exist<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Languages<br />
|Read in another language<br />
|Changes the language of the article only<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Languages<br />
|Translate to your language<br />
|Takes to the CX interface via a campaign<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Collect links<br />
|Scenario to harvest statements from the article<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Collect references<br />
|Scenario to harvest references from the article<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Make wikidocumentary<br />
|Scenario to create a wikidocumentary based on the article<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Sources<br />
|Display alternative articles<br />
|Scenario to display articles from authority sources, also full text from Wikisource. Fallback order article first. If Wikidocumentaries articles, they would be in this selection.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Below text<br />
|<br />
|Expand / contract article<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Text<br />
|Red link / highlighted tex<br />
|Navigate to item<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Text<br />
|Red link / highlighted tex<br />
|Create a statement<br />
|Dialog to craft the statement<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Image<br />
|Click<br />
|Enlarge<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Actions&diff=22595Actions2023-02-13T08:48:59Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>This is a collection of existing actions and idea for different content modules and items. The goal of this page is to identify common actions and streamline their use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
!Module<br />
!Containing element<br />
!Menu name<br />
!Action name<br />
!Action performed<br />
!Status<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add new element<br />
|Link a reference work to this topic. The imagined Citoid-based gadget will look for an existing entry in Wikidata or create a new entry in Wikidata.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Configure<br />
|Source repository<br />
|Finna etc.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Configure<br />
|Display format<br />
|Display formats: Bibliographic reference standard, Show availability, show excerpts etc<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet<br />
|By type, By repository, By author, By publication time<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Search<br />
|Search<br />
|Text search among entries<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|Favorite<br />
|Add to favorites<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|External link<br />
|View in original location<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Copy citation<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|Map<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|List<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|Timeline<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Select images<br />
|When images have not been selected. Disables element actions.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Deselect images<br />
|When images have been selected. Enables element actions.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Upload selected<br />
|Upload selected to Wikimedia Commons with basic information<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Depicts this topic<br />
|Applied only to SDC images. Those that have not been uploaded are uploaded first. Those that have been tagged already are ignored.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Does not depict this topic<br />
|Removes SDC statements (or invalidates) for tagging with this item. The image is no longer displayed in the page<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Depicts another topic<br />
|Submenu or modal to choose which other topic. Careful not to loose sight of an image with the previous command first.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Set type<br />
|SDC: Submenu or modal to add type: Map / 3D model / video / sound file / pdf. To be displayed with different tools.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add to collection<br />
|Modal or submenu to choose the collection<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Restrict & sort by<br />
|Time / proximity to topic<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Depicted people / topics / places<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Wikimedia Commons categories / most used Wikidata links<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Image size / orientation / color<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Type (photograph / map / graphic / painting / rephoto)<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Creator<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Source platform / institution<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Reset selection<br />
|Clear criteria<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Export file list<br />
|Export csv. Include source and Commons.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Edit import<br />
|Choose sources, tweak parameters to the extent sensible to make available.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Save dynamic collection<br />
|Save search criteria locally (import + sort/facet) as a dynamic collection. Relate with the user.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Find<br />
|Find<br />
|Free text search among the results<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|External link<br />
|View in original location<br />
|Opens a new page<br />
|Done<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Add<br />
|Upload<br />
|Upload to Wikimedia Commons with basic information. Login to proceed.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Edit metadata<br />
|SDC: View in image viewer, allow editing metadata.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Set location<br />
|SDC: View and edit in geolocator.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Discuss<br />
|?? Needs a whole architecture, TBD<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add to collection<br />
|SDC: Modal or submenu to choose collection<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Annotate and identify<br />
|SDC: Edit in identify images<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Set type<br />
|SDC: Submenu or modal to add type: Map / 3D model / video / sound file / pdf. To be displayed with different tools.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Download image<br />
|Downloads image from the source<br />
|Done<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|External link<br />
|View or edit article<br />
|"External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|New<br />
|Create new article<br />
|Creates a new article if it does not exist<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Languages<br />
|Read in another language<br />
|Changes the language of the article only<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Languages<br />
|Translate to your language<br />
|Takes to the CX interface via a campaign<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Collect links<br />
|Scenario to harvest statements from the article<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Collect references<br />
|Scenario to harvest references from the article<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Make wikidocumentary<br />
|Scenario to create a wikidocumentary based on the article<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Sources<br />
|Display alternative articles<br />
|Scenario to display articles from authority sources, also full text from Wikisource. Fallback order article first. If Wikidocumentaries articles, they would be in this selection.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Below text<br />
|<br />
|Expand / contract article<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Text<br />
|Red link / highlighted tex<br />
|Navigate to item<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Text<br />
|Red link / highlighted tex<br />
|Create a statement<br />
|Dialog to craft the statement<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Article<br />
|Image<br />
|Click<br />
|Enlarge<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Actions&diff=22594Actions2023-02-13T08:18:41Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>This is a collection of existing actions and idea for different content modules and items. The goal of this page is to identify common actions and streamline their use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
!Module<br />
!Containing element<br />
!Menu name<br />
!Action name<br />
!Action performed<br />
!Status<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add new element<br />
|Link a reference work to this topic. The imagined Citoid-based gadget will look for an existing entry in Wikidata or create a new entry in Wikidata.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Configure<br />
|Source repository<br />
|Finna etc.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Configure<br />
|Display format<br />
|Display formats: Bibliographic reference standard, Show availability, show excerpts etc<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet<br />
|By type, By repository, By author, By publication time<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Search<br />
|Search<br />
|Text search among entries<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|Favorite<br />
|Add to favorites<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|External link<br />
|View in original location<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Copy citation<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|Map<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|List<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|Timeline<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Select images<br />
|When images have not been selected. Disables element actions.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Deselect images<br />
|When images have been selected. Enables element actions.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Upload selected<br />
|Upload selected to Wikimedia Commons with basic information<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Depicts this topic<br />
|Applied only to SDC images. Those that have not been uploaded are uploaded first. Those that have been tagged already are ignored.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Does not depict this topic<br />
|Removes SDC statements (or invalidates) for tagging with this item. The image is no longer displayed in the page<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Depicts another topic<br />
|Submenu or modal to choose which other topic. Careful not to loose sight of an image with the previous command first.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Set type<br />
|SDC: Submenu or modal to add type: Map / 3D model / video / sound file / pdf. To be displayed with different tools.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add to collection<br />
|Modal or submenu to choose the collection<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Restrict & sort by<br />
|Time / proximity to topic<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Depicted people / topics / places<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Wikimedia Commons categories / most used Wikidata links<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Image size / orientation / color<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Type (photograph / map / graphic / painting / rephoto)<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Creator<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Source platform / institution<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Reset selection<br />
|Clear criteria<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Export file list<br />
|Export csv. Include source and Commons.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Edit import<br />
|Choose sources, tweak parameters to the extent sensible to make available.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Save dynamic collection<br />
|Save search criteria locally (import + sort/facet) as a dynamic collection. Relate with the user.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Find<br />
|Find<br />
|Free text search among the results<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|External link<br />
|View in original location<br />
|Opens a new page<br />
|Done<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Add<br />
|Upload<br />
|Upload to Wikimedia Commons with basic information. Login to proceed.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Edit metadata<br />
|SDC: View in image viewer, allow editing metadata.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Set location<br />
|SDC: View and edit in geolocator.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Discuss<br />
|?? Needs a whole architecture, TBD<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add to collection<br />
|SDC: Modal or submenu to choose collection<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Annotate and identify<br />
|SDC: Edit in identify images<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Set type<br />
|SDC: Submenu or modal to add type: Map / 3D model / video / sound file / pdf. To be displayed with different tools.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Download image<br />
|Downloads image from the source<br />
|Done<br />
|}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Actions&diff=22593Actions2023-02-13T08:01:11Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>This is a collection of existing actions and idea for different content modules and items. The goal of this page is to identify common actions and streamline their use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
!Module<br />
!Containing element<br />
!Menu name<br />
!Action name<br />
!Action performed<br />
!Status<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add new element<br />
|Link a reference work to this topic. The imagined Citoid-based gadget will look for an existing entry in Wikidata or create a new entry in Wikidata.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Configure<br />
|Source repository<br />
|Finna etc.<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Configure<br />
|Display format<br />
|Display formats: Bibliographic reference standard, Show availability, show excerpts etc<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet<br />
|By type, By repository, By author, By publication time<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Search<br />
|Search<br />
|Text search among entries<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|Favorite<br />
|Add to favorites<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|External link<br />
|View in original location<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Bibliography<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Copy citation<br />
|<br />
|Idea<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|Map<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|List<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|View<br />
|Timeline<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Select images<br />
|When images have not been selected. Disables element actions.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Deselect images<br />
|When images have been selected. Enables element actions.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Upload selected<br />
|Upload selected to Wikimedia Commons with basic information<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Depicts this topic<br />
|Applied only to SDC images. Those that have not been uploaded are uploaded first. Those that have been tagged already are ignored.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Does not depict this topic<br />
|Removes SDC statements (or invalidates) for tagging with this item. The image is no longer displayed in the page<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Depicts another topic<br />
|Submenu or modal to choose which other topic. Careful not to loose sight of an image with the previous command first.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Actions<br />
|Add to collection<br />
|Modal or submenu to choose the collection<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|External link<br />
|View in original location<br />
|Opens a new page<br />
|Done<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Element<br />
|Actions<br />
|Upload<br />
|Upload to Wikimedia Commons with basic information. Login to proceed.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Restrict & sort by<br />
|Time / proximity to topic<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Depicted people / topics / places<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Wikimedia Commons categories / most used Wikidata links<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Image size / orientation / color<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Type (photograph / map / graphic / painting / rephoto)<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Creator<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Filter/facet by<br />
|Source platform / institution<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Facet and sort<br />
|Reset selection<br />
|Clear criteria<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Export file list<br />
|Export csv. Include source and Commons.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Edit import<br />
|Choose sources, tweak parameters to the extent sensible to make available.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Import, save and export<br />
|Save dynamic collection<br />
|Save search criteria locally (import + sort/facet) as a dynamic collection. Relate with the user.<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Images<br />
|Toolbar<br />
|Find<br />
|Find<br />
|Free text search among the results<br />
|<br />
|}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Actions&diff=22592Actions2023-02-13T07:09:23Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>This is a collection of existing actions and idea for different content modules and items. The goal of this page is to identify common actions and streamline their use.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
! Module !! Containing element !! Menu name !! Action name !! Action performed !! Status<br />
|-<br />
| Bibliography || Toolbar || Actions || Add new element || Link a reference work to this topic. The imagined Citoid-based gadget will look for an existing entry in Wikidata or create a new entry in Wikidata. || Idea<br />
|-<br />
| Bibliography || Toolbar || Configure || Source repository || Finna etc. || Idea<br />
|-<br />
| Bibliography || Toolbar || Configure || Display format || Display formats: Bibliographic reference standard, Show availability, show excerpts etc || Idea<br />
|-<br />
| Bibliography || Toolbar || Facet || By type, By repository, By author, By publication time || || Idea<br />
|-<br />
| Bibliography || Toolbar || Search || Search || Text search among entries || Idea<br />
|-<br />
| Bibliography || Element || Favorite || Add to favorites || || Idea<br />
|-<br />
| Bibliography || Element || External link || View in original location || || Idea<br />
|-<br />
| Bibliography || Element || Actions || Copy citation || || Idea<br />
|}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Actions&diff=22591Actions2023-02-13T06:46:02Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: Created page with "This is a collection of actions for different content components. The goal of this page is to identify common actions and streamline their use."</p>
<hr />
<div>This is a collection of actions for different content components. The goal of this page is to identify common actions and streamline their use.</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Use_case_scenarios&diff=22590Use case scenarios2023-02-12T18:03:15Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Data in general */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Disasters==<br />
<br />
When a disaster hits, such as an earthquake, pandemic or conflict, Wikidocumentaries may be useful for making sense of the information. Here are some random thoughts that can be added to and elaborated over time.<br />
<br />
===Complementing disaster mapping===<br />
* HOT OSM Tasking Manager data may be good to present in Wikidocumentaries. Possible places include the main map for browsing data and all maps displaying areas of interest. They should be displayed by default, because no-one will look for them behind menus.<br />
* OSM and Wikidata are powerful together. A linked geographic item makes available loads of information that can be used by the aid workers. These should be identified, and made into campaigns.<br />
* Display external data and ingest. Identify what and how to store, how to visualize and make available. For example earthquake data: What is important?<br />
* Enhance geographic data<br />
** Add administrative areas and link to OSM<br />
** Add English labels<br />
<br />
===Data in general===<br />
* Link topics in a way they can be found and visualized. Identify missing properties in visualization.<br />
<br />
===Images===<br />
* Identify related images, tag with SDC, make a campaign.<br />
* Tap into news image sources that might allow open licensing. Do they exist?<br />
* Create 3D mashups from geolocated photos. Make photo contribution campaign for images prior to a disaster.<br />
<br />
===User contributions from the ground===<br />
* Identify the needs.<br />
* Geolocating<br />
<br />
===How can this help save lives===<br />
* Gather and visualize information from several sources to highlight crucial hazards, existing structures, historical data.<br />
* Translate information. Articles should be automatically translatable on-the-fly from any language.<br />
* Make available information from news sources in some way.<br />
<br />
===Wikipedia===<br />
* Make use of analyzing rapidly evolving Wikipedia articles to identify important topics.</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Use_case_scenarios&diff=22589Use case scenarios2023-02-12T18:02:27Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div>==Disasters==<br />
<br />
When a disaster hits, such as an earthquake, pandemic or conflict, Wikidocumentaries may be useful for making sense of the information. Here are some random thoughts that can be added to and elaborated over time.<br />
<br />
===Complementing disaster mapping===<br />
* HOT OSM Tasking Manager data may be good to present in Wikidocumentaries. Possible places include the main map for browsing data and all maps displaying areas of interest. They should be displayed by default, because no-one will look for them behind menus.<br />
* OSM and Wikidata are powerful together. A linked geographic item makes available loads of information that can be used by the aid workers. These should be identified, and made into campaigns.<br />
* Display external data and ingest. Identify what and how to store, how to visualize and make available. For example earthquake data: What is important?<br />
* Enhance geographic data<br />
** Add administrative areas and link to OSM<br />
** Add English labels<br />
<br />
===Data in general===<br />
* Link topics in a way they can be found and visualized. Identify missing visualizations.<br />
<br />
===Images===<br />
* Identify related images, tag with SDC, make a campaign.<br />
* Tap into news image sources that might allow open licensing. Do they exist?<br />
* Create 3D mashups from geolocated photos. Make photo contribution campaign for images prior to a disaster.<br />
<br />
===User contributions from the ground===<br />
* Identify the needs.<br />
* Geolocating<br />
<br />
===How can this help save lives===<br />
* Gather and visualize information from several sources to highlight crucial hazards, existing structures, historical data.<br />
* Translate information. Articles should be automatically translatable on-the-fly from any language.<br />
* Make available information from news sources in some way.<br />
<br />
===Wikipedia===<br />
* Make use of analyzing rapidly evolving Wikipedia articles to identify important topics.</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Use_case_scenarios&diff=22588Use case scenarios2023-02-12T17:58:30Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Other goals */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Disasters==<br />
<br />
When a disaster hits, such as an earthquake, pandemic or conflict, Wikidocumentaries may be useful for making sense of the information. Here are some random thoughts that can be added to and elaborated over time.<br />
<br />
===Complementing disaster mapping===<br />
* HOT OSM Tasking Manager data may be good to present in Wikidocumentaries. Possible places include the main map for browsing data and all maps displaying areas of interest. They should be displayed by default, because no-one will look for them behind menus.<br />
* OSM and Wikidata are powerful together. A linked geographic item makes available loads of information that can be used by the aid workers. These should be identified, and made into campaigns.<br />
* Display external data and ingest. Identify what and how to store, how to visualize and make available. For example earthquake data: What is important?<br />
<br />
===Images===<br />
* Wikimedia Commons images should be easy to find regarding a disaster. SDC-tagging images would be very important to achieve this.<br />
* Tapping into news image sources that might allow open licensing. Do they exist?<br />
* Creating 3D mashups from geolocated photos. Make photo contribution campaign for images prior to a disaster.<br />
<br />
===User contributions from the ground===<br />
* Identifying the needs.<br />
* Geolocating<br />
<br />
===How can this help save lives===<br />
* Gather and visualize information from several sources to highlight crucial hazards, existing structures, historical data.<br />
* Translate information. Articles should be automatically translatable on-the-fly from any language.<br />
* Make available information from news sources in some way.<br />
<br />
===Other goals===<br />
* Identifying important topics. Make use of analyzing rapidly evolving Wikipedia articles.<br />
* Linking topics in a way they can be found and visualized.<br />
** Add English labels<br />
** Add administrative areas and link to OSM<br />
** Identify related images, tag with SDC, make a campaign.</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Use_case_scenarios&diff=22587Use case scenarios2023-02-12T17:55:37Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Other goals */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Disasters==<br />
<br />
When a disaster hits, such as an earthquake, pandemic or conflict, Wikidocumentaries may be useful for making sense of the information. Here are some random thoughts that can be added to and elaborated over time.<br />
<br />
===Complementing disaster mapping===<br />
* HOT OSM Tasking Manager data may be good to present in Wikidocumentaries. Possible places include the main map for browsing data and all maps displaying areas of interest. They should be displayed by default, because no-one will look for them behind menus.<br />
* OSM and Wikidata are powerful together. A linked geographic item makes available loads of information that can be used by the aid workers. These should be identified, and made into campaigns.<br />
* Display external data and ingest. Identify what and how to store, how to visualize and make available. For example earthquake data: What is important?<br />
<br />
===Images===<br />
* Wikimedia Commons images should be easy to find regarding a disaster. SDC-tagging images would be very important to achieve this.<br />
* Tapping into news image sources that might allow open licensing. Do they exist?<br />
* Creating 3D mashups from geolocated photos. Make photo contribution campaign for images prior to a disaster.<br />
<br />
===User contributions from the ground===<br />
* Identifying the needs.<br />
* Geolocating<br />
<br />
===How can this help save lives===<br />
* Gather and visualize information from several sources to highlight crucial hazards, existing structures, historical data.<br />
* Translate information. Articles should be automatically translatable on-the-fly from any language.<br />
* Make available information from news sources in some way.<br />
<br />
===Other goals===<br />
* Identifying important topics. Make use of analyzing rapidly evolving Wikipedia articles.<br />
* Linking topics in a way they can be found and visualized</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Use_case_scenarios&diff=22586Use case scenarios2023-02-12T13:57:09Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Images */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Disasters==<br />
<br />
When a disaster hits, such as an earthquake, pandemic or conflict, Wikidocumentaries may be useful for making sense of the information. Here are some random thoughts that can be added to and elaborated over time.<br />
<br />
===Complementing disaster mapping===<br />
* HOT OSM Tasking Manager data may be good to present in Wikidocumentaries. Possible places include the main map for browsing data and all maps displaying areas of interest. They should be displayed by default, because no-one will look for them behind menus.<br />
* OSM and Wikidata are powerful together. A linked geographic item makes available loads of information that can be used by the aid workers. These should be identified, and made into campaigns.<br />
* Display external data and ingest. Identify what and how to store, how to visualize and make available. For example earthquake data: What is important?<br />
<br />
===Images===<br />
* Wikimedia Commons images should be easy to find regarding a disaster. SDC-tagging images would be very important to achieve this.<br />
* Tapping into news image sources that might allow open licensing. Do they exist?<br />
* Creating 3D mashups from geolocated photos. Make photo contribution campaign for images prior to a disaster.<br />
<br />
===User contributions from the ground===<br />
* Identifying the needs.<br />
* Geolocating<br />
<br />
===How can this help save lives===<br />
* Gather and visualize information from several sources to highlight crucial hazards, existing structures, historical data.<br />
* Translate information. Articles should be automatically translatable on-the-fly from any language.<br />
* Make available information from news sources in some way.<br />
<br />
===Other goals===<br />
* Identifying important topics. Make use of analyzing Wikipedia articles.<br />
* Linking topics in a way they can be found and visualized</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Use_case_scenarios&diff=22585Use case scenarios2023-02-12T13:55:14Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Complementing disaster mapping */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Disasters==<br />
<br />
When a disaster hits, such as an earthquake, pandemic or conflict, Wikidocumentaries may be useful for making sense of the information. Here are some random thoughts that can be added to and elaborated over time.<br />
<br />
===Complementing disaster mapping===<br />
* HOT OSM Tasking Manager data may be good to present in Wikidocumentaries. Possible places include the main map for browsing data and all maps displaying areas of interest. They should be displayed by default, because no-one will look for them behind menus.<br />
* OSM and Wikidata are powerful together. A linked geographic item makes available loads of information that can be used by the aid workers. These should be identified, and made into campaigns.<br />
* Display external data and ingest. Identify what and how to store, how to visualize and make available. For example earthquake data: What is important?<br />
<br />
===Images===<br />
* Wikimedia Commons images should be easy to find regarding a disaster. SDC-tagging images would be very important to achieve this.<br />
* Tapping into news image sources that might allow open licensing. Do they exist?<br />
<br />
===User contributions from the ground===<br />
* Identifying the needs.<br />
* Geolocating<br />
<br />
===How can this help save lives===<br />
* Gather and visualize information from several sources to highlight crucial hazards, existing structures, historical data.<br />
* Translate information. Articles should be automatically translatable on-the-fly from any language.<br />
* Make available information from news sources in some way.<br />
<br />
===Other goals===<br />
* Identifying important topics. Make use of analyzing Wikipedia articles.<br />
* Linking topics in a way they can be found and visualized</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Use_case_scenarios&diff=22584Use case scenarios2023-02-12T13:41:32Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: Created page with "==Disasters== When a disaster hits, such as an earthquake, pandemic or conflict, Wikidocumentaries may be useful for making sense of the information. Here are some random tho..."</p>
<hr />
<div>==Disasters==<br />
<br />
When a disaster hits, such as an earthquake, pandemic or conflict, Wikidocumentaries may be useful for making sense of the information. Here are some random thoughts that can be added to and elaborated over time.<br />
<br />
===Complementing disaster mapping===<br />
* HOT OSM Tasking Manager data may be good to present in Wikidocumentaries. Possible places include the main map for browsing data and all maps displaying areas of interest. They should be displayed by default, because no-one will look for them behind menus.<br />
*OSM and Wikidata are powerful together. A linked geographic item makes available loads of information that can be used by the aid workers. These should be identified, and made into campaigns.</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Images&diff=22583Images2023-02-12T08:11:58Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Choosing the main image */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Arkistokuvia-Sihvonen.png<br />
Arkistokuvia (12).png<br />
Arkistokuvia (11).png<br />
Arkistokuvia-hover.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-imageactions.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-imageremove.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-facet.png<br />
Arkistokuvia (8).png<br />
Arkistokuvia (9).png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Absorbing media from the world's open repositories==<br />
===Reading media from all over the world===<br />
Wikidocumentaries presents Wikimedia content alongside [https://creativecommons.org/share-your-work/public-domain/freeworks Free Cultural Works] from open repositories and allows the user to use their combined information.<br />
* Images from national or transnational GLAM aggregators and APIs of large media institutions are read via API's and displayed in the Images section.<br />
* The available information is mapped to Wikidocumentaries metadata schema for uniform display. All the information at this stage is generally textual. The user may browse the information in the [[image viewer]].<br />
* The user may import one or more images to Wikimedia Commons, where the media file can be enriched with structured data. The enriched SDC files are displayed alongside all media form the different outlets in the Images display, but they just have extra powers.<br />
<br />
===Enriching the media===<br />
SDC images can be further enriched with tools made available in Wikidocumentaries. Such existing and desired tools include:<br />
* Associating text-based metadata to Wikidata items.<br />
* Annotating regions of the images with Wikidata items.<br />
* Geolocating the images<br />
* Curating media collections<br />
* Creating Wikidocumentaries based on media collections<br />
<br />
====Machine Learning opportunities====<br />
* Train to recognize the API output and map it to Wikidocumentaries schema<br />
<br />
===New opportunities===<br />
The enhanced information will result in for example<br />
* More accurate image results from Wikimedia Commons<br />
* Possibility of automatically creating Wikidocumentaries<br />
* Possibility to compare and enrich the data from the different sources for the same images.<br />
<br />
==Image actions==<br />
===Choosing the main image===<br />
# Image P18 in the Wikidata item<br />
# Main image in one of the related Wikipedia articles<br />
# The first image in the images listing, not a pdf<br />
<br />
==Image grid==<br />
* The result set is displayed in a '''justified view'''. Use the Flickr grid code [https://codekraft-studio.github.io/vue-justified-layout/ available for Vue here]? The script requires the image dimensions to be known to produce the grid. Can we get any of this info in the API results or must we wait until we have the images loaded?<br />
* 60vh and two rows of images are displayed and more can be viewed (by scrolling horizontally or by querying more images gradually).<br />
* Possibility to open a separate '''Images discovery window''' for browsing images in a full page window. <br />
* '''Rephoto''' and original photograph are displayed as a pair.<br />
* '''Adding images''' via an action in the Images toolbar Actions menu. > Add image tool / modal?<br />
<br />
==Image tasks==<br />
* '''Grouping''' – Select a group of photos that were shot at the same occasion<br />
** Could be automatically suggested by exif data?<br />
** Creates a collection, which is tagged with all appropriate properties and displayed in either the image section or a collections section<br />
* Record common disambiguation items and tag those images.<br />
** When anyone removes an image from the collection and gives the correct topic to link to, this topic is saved in the "Different from" property.<br />
* Select images for the header<br />
** These images can be used as item images in Wikidata. Other specific types of images can also be tagged (night view, coat of arms, flag, image of the grave...)<br />
<br />
==Module toolbar==<br />
<br />
===View===<br />
* View <br />
** on a map<br />
** on a timeline<br />
<br />
===[[File:UniE015 - elipses.png]] Actions===<br />
[[File:Images Actions no selection.png|right]]<br />
====when no images have been selected====<br />
* Select images<br />
<br />
[[File:Images Actions with selection.png|right]]<br />
<br />
====when some images have been selected for an action====<br />
* Reset selection<br />
* Remove images from this topic > (submenu)<br />
** Add correct tags (modal)<br />
** Flag the images (modal)<br />
** Remove from this topic<br />
* Add tags to the selected > (modal)<br />
* Add to a collection ><br />
<br />
===[[File:UniE006 - funnel.png|24px]] Facet and sort===<br />
Images can be filtered based on their properties. Initially everything is selected. Selections filter out content. UI for selecting has not been fully developed. Unselected may be dimmed or selected may be highlighted. It must be possible to make several choices. There must be a way to see the full selection of properties. Reset by section may be needed. Number of images by facet is needed. Sorting uses the same controls, and is attached to only a few properties. Sorting by location means sorting by distance. Sorting by several criteria has not been defined.<br />
<br />
[[File:Arkistokuvia header facet.png|1000px]]<br />
<br />
The result set can be faceted and sorted.<br />
* Restrict by<br />
** Time<br />
** Location<br />
* Filter/facet by<br />
** Depicted<br />
*** People<br />
*** Topics<br />
*** Places (hierarchical presentation)<br />
** Wikimedia Commons classes or most used Wikidata links. To be explored.<br />
** Image qualities<br />
*** Image size<br />
*** Image orientation<br />
*** ''colour''<br />
** Content types<br />
*** Photograph<br />
*** Map<br />
*** Graphic<br />
*** Painting<br />
*** Rephoto<br />
** Creator<br />
** Source platform<br />
** Source institution<br />
* Sort by<br />
** Time<br />
** Proximity<br />
** Creator<br />
* Save search criteria as a dynamic collection<br />
* Reset selection<br />
<br />
===Find===<br />
Free text find<br />
<br />
==Image==<br />
<gallery mode=packed heights=200><br />
Image with basic actions.png|Image with basic actions (normal state). Clicking the image opens the image in the [[Image viewer]]. Clicking on the external button opens the image in it's original location.<br />
Image with caption.png|Image with a caption (hover state). Use gradient shadow in the background.Structured data is presented with links.<br />
Image romove reasons.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<gallery mode=packed heights=200><br />
Image actions.png|Image actions are available through the Actions menu. Any action will add the image metadata to Wikidocumentaries.<br />
Image with all icons.png|Image with all icons. Indicators show which data is attached to the image. The respective tools can be accessed directly by clicking on the icon in addition to navigating through the Actions menu. <br />
Image with no actions allowed.png|Image with no actions allowed. It is possible to display images that are not permissively licensed, but they cannot and will not be enriched.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
===Caption===<br />
* '''Title/caption''': Title<br />
* '''Attribution''': Role & Creator (can be many, with link to topic page if possible)), date (year), license (with link)<br />
* '''Source''': Institution (link to preferably the page in Wikidocumentaries, fallback: website) / Platform (link to info page)<br />
<br />
====Example (links not included)====<br />
Elias Öhman's cortege in Kanavakatu, Helsinki, 19 March 1908.<br /><br />
Photographer '''[[#|Anonymous]]''', 1908, '''[[#|Public Domain]]'''.<br /><br />
'''[[#|Helsinki City Museum]]''' / '''[[#|Finna]]'''.<br />
<br />
===Controls and actions===<br />
* '''Ellipsis''' - [[Dropdown]]: '''Actions'''. Any action will add the image metadata to Wikidocumentaries.<br />
** ''Edit image metadata'' > '''Save''' initial [[media metadata]], Save image content to XX, '''Open''' [[Metadata editor]]<br />
** ''Geolocate the image'' > '''Save''' initial [[media metadata]], Save image content to XX, '''Open''' [[Geolocating tool]] <br />
** Discuss the image > Save initial [[media metadata]], Open [[Image viewer]], Start [[Discussion]]<br />
** Select to a collection > Open [[Collection chooser modal]]<br />
** Identify people, places, date... > Open [[Annotation tool]]<br />
** Set as topic's main image<br />
** Set as... > Persistent menu or modal: See opitions in [[Infobox#Commons_media]]<br />
** Download image > Open [[Download modal]]<br />
* Speech bubble - Indicates discussion > Join [[Discussion]]<br />
* POI - Indicates geologation > Open [[Geolocating tool]]<br />
* Question mark - Indicates unidentified people > Open [[Annotation tool]]<br />
* Star - Default empty star > Open [[Collection chooser modal]]<br />
* Cross - Remove from this topic, assign new topic or discard altogether, do not show with this topic anymore<br />
* External - View in original location<br />
<br />
==Search conditions==<br />
===Images listing===<br />
* The search now produces 20 images from each repository. They are not ordered.<br />
<br />
===Search language(s)===<br />
It is important to use search terms in the languages that the repository uses.<br />
* The languages of the repository could be saved as the search languages, in the repository entry in the local Wikibase.<br />
* The topic may have an original language <br />
** nationality --> languages spoken?<br />
<br />
===Keyword search in search language(s)===<br />
* Topic label and aliases.<br />
* Use additional name fields, if available<br />
** official name (P1448)<br />
** birth name (P1477)<br />
** short name (P1813)<br />
** name in native language (P1559)<br />
** pseudonym (P742)<br />
** married name (P2562)<br />
** art-name (P1787)<br />
** posthumous name (P1786)<br />
** codename (P1638)<br />
** alternate names (P4970)<br />
* Use street address (OR)<br />
* Use administrative unit (OPTIONAL)<br />
<br />
===Make use of authority IDs===<br />
<br />
===Limit search to certain fields if necessary===<br />
* Topic search<br />
** Finna.fi: filter[]=~topic_facet:"Topic"<br />
* Creator search<br />
** Finna.fi: The subject is the creator of the image (or the work depicted in the image): filter[]=~author_facet:"Author name"<br />
<br />
===Search by location===<br />
* Finna.fi: The image is within the coordinates of the subject: filter[]={!geofilt sfield=location_geo pt=lat,lon d=dist}:""<br />
* The subject is a location of the image: filter[]=~geographic_facet:"Place name"<br />
<br />
===Filtering===<br />
* Find only certain file types<br />
** Finna.fi<br />
*** The search result is an image: filter[]=~format_ext_str_mv:"0/Image/"<br />
*** The search result is an artwork: filter[]=~format_ext_str_mv:"0/WorkOfArt/"<br />
* Filter out certain file types<br />
** Wikimedia Commons<br />
*** Signatures, flags, sounds, location maps etc. could be filtered out and displayed in other sections instead<br />
<br />
===How to search Wikimedia Commons in general??===<br />
Include subcategories in Wikimedia Commons<br />
* [https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?language=commons&project=wikimedia&depth=10&categories=Rovaniemi&ns%5B6%5D=1&search_max_results=500&interface_language=en&format=json&doit=Do%20it Query]<br />
<br />
===Copyright and licenses===<br />
* Images with no redistribution rights should be filtered out if found.<br />
* Creative Commons NC and ND images could possibly be displayed but they could not be reused, or they could be filtered out altogether.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Images&diff=22582Images2023-02-12T08:10:56Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Absorbing media from the world's open repositories */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Arkistokuvia-Sihvonen.png<br />
Arkistokuvia (12).png<br />
Arkistokuvia (11).png<br />
Arkistokuvia-hover.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-imageactions.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-imageremove.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-facet.png<br />
Arkistokuvia (8).png<br />
Arkistokuvia (9).png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Absorbing media from the world's open repositories==<br />
===Reading media from all over the world===<br />
Wikidocumentaries presents Wikimedia content alongside [https://creativecommons.org/share-your-work/public-domain/freeworks Free Cultural Works] from open repositories and allows the user to use their combined information.<br />
* Images from national or transnational GLAM aggregators and APIs of large media institutions are read via API's and displayed in the Images section.<br />
* The available information is mapped to Wikidocumentaries metadata schema for uniform display. All the information at this stage is generally textual. The user may browse the information in the [[image viewer]].<br />
* The user may import one or more images to Wikimedia Commons, where the media file can be enriched with structured data. The enriched SDC files are displayed alongside all media form the different outlets in the Images display, but they just have extra powers.<br />
<br />
===Enriching the media===<br />
SDC images can be further enriched with tools made available in Wikidocumentaries. Such existing and desired tools include:<br />
* Associating text-based metadata to Wikidata items.<br />
* Annotating regions of the images with Wikidata items.<br />
* Geolocating the images<br />
* Curating media collections<br />
* Creating Wikidocumentaries based on media collections<br />
<br />
====Machine Learning opportunities====<br />
* Train to recognize the API output and map it to Wikidocumentaries schema<br />
<br />
===New opportunities===<br />
The enhanced information will result in for example<br />
* More accurate image results from Wikimedia Commons<br />
* Possibility of automatically creating Wikidocumentaries<br />
* Possibility to compare and enrich the data from the different sources for the same images.<br />
<br />
==Choosing the main image==<br />
# Image P18 in the Wikidata item<br />
# Main image in one of the related Wikipedia articles<br />
# The first image in the images listing, not a pdf<br />
<br />
==Image grid==<br />
* The result set is displayed in a '''justified view'''. Use the Flickr grid code [https://codekraft-studio.github.io/vue-justified-layout/ available for Vue here]? The script requires the image dimensions to be known to produce the grid. Can we get any of this info in the API results or must we wait until we have the images loaded?<br />
* 60vh and two rows of images are displayed and more can be viewed (by scrolling horizontally or by querying more images gradually).<br />
* Possibility to open a separate '''Images discovery window''' for browsing images in a full page window. <br />
* '''Rephoto''' and original photograph are displayed as a pair.<br />
* '''Adding images''' via an action in the Images toolbar Actions menu. > Add image tool / modal?<br />
<br />
==Image tasks==<br />
* '''Grouping''' – Select a group of photos that were shot at the same occasion<br />
** Could be automatically suggested by exif data?<br />
** Creates a collection, which is tagged with all appropriate properties and displayed in either the image section or a collections section<br />
* Record common disambiguation items and tag those images.<br />
** When anyone removes an image from the collection and gives the correct topic to link to, this topic is saved in the "Different from" property.<br />
* Select images for the header<br />
** These images can be used as item images in Wikidata. Other specific types of images can also be tagged (night view, coat of arms, flag, image of the grave...)<br />
<br />
==Module toolbar==<br />
<br />
===View===<br />
* View <br />
** on a map<br />
** on a timeline<br />
<br />
===[[File:UniE015 - elipses.png]] Actions===<br />
[[File:Images Actions no selection.png|right]]<br />
====when no images have been selected====<br />
* Select images<br />
<br />
[[File:Images Actions with selection.png|right]]<br />
<br />
====when some images have been selected for an action====<br />
* Reset selection<br />
* Remove images from this topic > (submenu)<br />
** Add correct tags (modal)<br />
** Flag the images (modal)<br />
** Remove from this topic<br />
* Add tags to the selected > (modal)<br />
* Add to a collection ><br />
<br />
===[[File:UniE006 - funnel.png|24px]] Facet and sort===<br />
Images can be filtered based on their properties. Initially everything is selected. Selections filter out content. UI for selecting has not been fully developed. Unselected may be dimmed or selected may be highlighted. It must be possible to make several choices. There must be a way to see the full selection of properties. Reset by section may be needed. Number of images by facet is needed. Sorting uses the same controls, and is attached to only a few properties. Sorting by location means sorting by distance. Sorting by several criteria has not been defined.<br />
<br />
[[File:Arkistokuvia header facet.png|1000px]]<br />
<br />
The result set can be faceted and sorted.<br />
* Restrict by<br />
** Time<br />
** Location<br />
* Filter/facet by<br />
** Depicted<br />
*** People<br />
*** Topics<br />
*** Places (hierarchical presentation)<br />
** Wikimedia Commons classes or most used Wikidata links. To be explored.<br />
** Image qualities<br />
*** Image size<br />
*** Image orientation<br />
*** ''colour''<br />
** Content types<br />
*** Photograph<br />
*** Map<br />
*** Graphic<br />
*** Painting<br />
*** Rephoto<br />
** Creator<br />
** Source platform<br />
** Source institution<br />
* Sort by<br />
** Time<br />
** Proximity<br />
** Creator<br />
* Save search criteria as a dynamic collection<br />
* Reset selection<br />
<br />
===Find===<br />
Free text find<br />
<br />
==Image==<br />
<gallery mode=packed heights=200><br />
Image with basic actions.png|Image with basic actions (normal state). Clicking the image opens the image in the [[Image viewer]]. Clicking on the external button opens the image in it's original location.<br />
Image with caption.png|Image with a caption (hover state). Use gradient shadow in the background.Structured data is presented with links.<br />
Image romove reasons.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<gallery mode=packed heights=200><br />
Image actions.png|Image actions are available through the Actions menu. Any action will add the image metadata to Wikidocumentaries.<br />
Image with all icons.png|Image with all icons. Indicators show which data is attached to the image. The respective tools can be accessed directly by clicking on the icon in addition to navigating through the Actions menu. <br />
Image with no actions allowed.png|Image with no actions allowed. It is possible to display images that are not permissively licensed, but they cannot and will not be enriched.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
===Caption===<br />
* '''Title/caption''': Title<br />
* '''Attribution''': Role & Creator (can be many, with link to topic page if possible)), date (year), license (with link)<br />
* '''Source''': Institution (link to preferably the page in Wikidocumentaries, fallback: website) / Platform (link to info page)<br />
<br />
====Example (links not included)====<br />
Elias Öhman's cortege in Kanavakatu, Helsinki, 19 March 1908.<br /><br />
Photographer '''[[#|Anonymous]]''', 1908, '''[[#|Public Domain]]'''.<br /><br />
'''[[#|Helsinki City Museum]]''' / '''[[#|Finna]]'''.<br />
<br />
===Controls and actions===<br />
* '''Ellipsis''' - [[Dropdown]]: '''Actions'''. Any action will add the image metadata to Wikidocumentaries.<br />
** ''Edit image metadata'' > '''Save''' initial [[media metadata]], Save image content to XX, '''Open''' [[Metadata editor]]<br />
** ''Geolocate the image'' > '''Save''' initial [[media metadata]], Save image content to XX, '''Open''' [[Geolocating tool]] <br />
** Discuss the image > Save initial [[media metadata]], Open [[Image viewer]], Start [[Discussion]]<br />
** Select to a collection > Open [[Collection chooser modal]]<br />
** Identify people, places, date... > Open [[Annotation tool]]<br />
** Set as topic's main image<br />
** Set as... > Persistent menu or modal: See opitions in [[Infobox#Commons_media]]<br />
** Download image > Open [[Download modal]]<br />
* Speech bubble - Indicates discussion > Join [[Discussion]]<br />
* POI - Indicates geologation > Open [[Geolocating tool]]<br />
* Question mark - Indicates unidentified people > Open [[Annotation tool]]<br />
* Star - Default empty star > Open [[Collection chooser modal]]<br />
* Cross - Remove from this topic, assign new topic or discard altogether, do not show with this topic anymore<br />
* External - View in original location<br />
<br />
==Search conditions==<br />
===Images listing===<br />
* The search now produces 20 images from each repository. They are not ordered.<br />
<br />
===Search language(s)===<br />
It is important to use search terms in the languages that the repository uses.<br />
* The languages of the repository could be saved as the search languages, in the repository entry in the local Wikibase.<br />
* The topic may have an original language <br />
** nationality --> languages spoken?<br />
<br />
===Keyword search in search language(s)===<br />
* Topic label and aliases.<br />
* Use additional name fields, if available<br />
** official name (P1448)<br />
** birth name (P1477)<br />
** short name (P1813)<br />
** name in native language (P1559)<br />
** pseudonym (P742)<br />
** married name (P2562)<br />
** art-name (P1787)<br />
** posthumous name (P1786)<br />
** codename (P1638)<br />
** alternate names (P4970)<br />
* Use street address (OR)<br />
* Use administrative unit (OPTIONAL)<br />
<br />
===Make use of authority IDs===<br />
<br />
===Limit search to certain fields if necessary===<br />
* Topic search<br />
** Finna.fi: filter[]=~topic_facet:"Topic"<br />
* Creator search<br />
** Finna.fi: The subject is the creator of the image (or the work depicted in the image): filter[]=~author_facet:"Author name"<br />
<br />
===Search by location===<br />
* Finna.fi: The image is within the coordinates of the subject: filter[]={!geofilt sfield=location_geo pt=lat,lon d=dist}:""<br />
* The subject is a location of the image: filter[]=~geographic_facet:"Place name"<br />
<br />
===Filtering===<br />
* Find only certain file types<br />
** Finna.fi<br />
*** The search result is an image: filter[]=~format_ext_str_mv:"0/Image/"<br />
*** The search result is an artwork: filter[]=~format_ext_str_mv:"0/WorkOfArt/"<br />
* Filter out certain file types<br />
** Wikimedia Commons<br />
*** Signatures, flags, sounds, location maps etc. could be filtered out and displayed in other sections instead<br />
<br />
===How to search Wikimedia Commons in general??===<br />
Include subcategories in Wikimedia Commons<br />
* [https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?language=commons&project=wikimedia&depth=10&categories=Rovaniemi&ns%5B6%5D=1&search_max_results=500&interface_language=en&format=json&doit=Do%20it Query]<br />
<br />
===Copyright and licenses===<br />
* Images with no redistribution rights should be filtered out if found.<br />
* Creative Commons NC and ND images could possibly be displayed but they could not be reused, or they could be filtered out altogether.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Images&diff=22581Images2023-02-12T08:04:57Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Absorbing media from the world's open repositories */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Arkistokuvia-Sihvonen.png<br />
Arkistokuvia (12).png<br />
Arkistokuvia (11).png<br />
Arkistokuvia-hover.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-imageactions.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-imageremove.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-facet.png<br />
Arkistokuvia (8).png<br />
Arkistokuvia (9).png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Absorbing media from the world's open repositories==<br />
Wikidocumentaries presents Wikimedia content alongside [https://creativecommons.org/share-your-work/public-domain/freeworks Free Cultural Works] from open repositories and allows the user to use their combined information.<br />
* Images from national or transnational GLAM aggregators and APIs of large media institutions are read via API's and displayed in the Images section.<br />
* The available information is mapped to Wikidocumentaries metadata schema for uniform display. All the information at this stage is generally textual. The user may browse the information in the [[image viewer]].<br />
* The user may import one or more images to Wikimedia Commons, where the media file can be enriched with structured data. The enriched SDC files are displayed alongside all media form the different outlets in the Images display, but they just have extra powers.<br />
<br />
SDC images can be further enriched with tools made available in Wikidocumentaries. Such existing and desired tools include:<br />
* Associating text-based metadata to Wikidata items.<br />
* Annotating regions of the images with Wikidata items.<br />
* Geolocating the images<br />
* Curating media collections<br />
* Creating Wikidocumentaries based on media collections<br />
<br />
The enhanced information will result in for example<br />
* More accurate image results from Wikimedia Commons<br />
* Possibility of automatically creating Wikidocumentaries<br />
<br />
Machine Learning opportunities<br />
* Train to recognize the API output and map it to Wikidocumentaries schema<br />
<br />
Images module is different from the [[Gallery]] module, as the Images module focuses on single images, whereas galleries contain items.<br />
<br />
==Choosing the main image==<br />
# Image P18 in the Wikidata item<br />
# Main image in one of the related Wikipedia articles<br />
# The first image in the images listing, not a pdf<br />
<br />
==Image grid==<br />
* The result set is displayed in a '''justified view'''. Use the Flickr grid code [https://codekraft-studio.github.io/vue-justified-layout/ available for Vue here]? The script requires the image dimensions to be known to produce the grid. Can we get any of this info in the API results or must we wait until we have the images loaded?<br />
* 60vh and two rows of images are displayed and more can be viewed (by scrolling horizontally or by querying more images gradually).<br />
* Possibility to open a separate '''Images discovery window''' for browsing images in a full page window. <br />
* '''Rephoto''' and original photograph are displayed as a pair.<br />
* '''Adding images''' via an action in the Images toolbar Actions menu. > Add image tool / modal?<br />
<br />
==Image tasks==<br />
* '''Grouping''' – Select a group of photos that were shot at the same occasion<br />
** Could be automatically suggested by exif data?<br />
** Creates a collection, which is tagged with all appropriate properties and displayed in either the image section or a collections section<br />
* Record common disambiguation items and tag those images.<br />
** When anyone removes an image from the collection and gives the correct topic to link to, this topic is saved in the "Different from" property.<br />
* Select images for the header<br />
** These images can be used as item images in Wikidata. Other specific types of images can also be tagged (night view, coat of arms, flag, image of the grave...)<br />
<br />
==Module toolbar==<br />
<br />
===View===<br />
* View <br />
** on a map<br />
** on a timeline<br />
<br />
===[[File:UniE015 - elipses.png]] Actions===<br />
[[File:Images Actions no selection.png|right]]<br />
====when no images have been selected====<br />
* Select images<br />
<br />
[[File:Images Actions with selection.png|right]]<br />
<br />
====when some images have been selected for an action====<br />
* Reset selection<br />
* Remove images from this topic > (submenu)<br />
** Add correct tags (modal)<br />
** Flag the images (modal)<br />
** Remove from this topic<br />
* Add tags to the selected > (modal)<br />
* Add to a collection ><br />
<br />
===[[File:UniE006 - funnel.png|24px]] Facet and sort===<br />
Images can be filtered based on their properties. Initially everything is selected. Selections filter out content. UI for selecting has not been fully developed. Unselected may be dimmed or selected may be highlighted. It must be possible to make several choices. There must be a way to see the full selection of properties. Reset by section may be needed. Number of images by facet is needed. Sorting uses the same controls, and is attached to only a few properties. Sorting by location means sorting by distance. Sorting by several criteria has not been defined.<br />
<br />
[[File:Arkistokuvia header facet.png|1000px]]<br />
<br />
The result set can be faceted and sorted.<br />
* Restrict by<br />
** Time<br />
** Location<br />
* Filter/facet by<br />
** Depicted<br />
*** People<br />
*** Topics<br />
*** Places (hierarchical presentation)<br />
** Wikimedia Commons classes or most used Wikidata links. To be explored.<br />
** Image qualities<br />
*** Image size<br />
*** Image orientation<br />
*** ''colour''<br />
** Content types<br />
*** Photograph<br />
*** Map<br />
*** Graphic<br />
*** Painting<br />
*** Rephoto<br />
** Creator<br />
** Source platform<br />
** Source institution<br />
* Sort by<br />
** Time<br />
** Proximity<br />
** Creator<br />
* Save search criteria as a dynamic collection<br />
* Reset selection<br />
<br />
===Find===<br />
Free text find<br />
<br />
==Image==<br />
<gallery mode=packed heights=200><br />
Image with basic actions.png|Image with basic actions (normal state). Clicking the image opens the image in the [[Image viewer]]. Clicking on the external button opens the image in it's original location.<br />
Image with caption.png|Image with a caption (hover state). Use gradient shadow in the background.Structured data is presented with links.<br />
Image romove reasons.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<gallery mode=packed heights=200><br />
Image actions.png|Image actions are available through the Actions menu. Any action will add the image metadata to Wikidocumentaries.<br />
Image with all icons.png|Image with all icons. Indicators show which data is attached to the image. The respective tools can be accessed directly by clicking on the icon in addition to navigating through the Actions menu. <br />
Image with no actions allowed.png|Image with no actions allowed. It is possible to display images that are not permissively licensed, but they cannot and will not be enriched.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
===Caption===<br />
* '''Title/caption''': Title<br />
* '''Attribution''': Role & Creator (can be many, with link to topic page if possible)), date (year), license (with link)<br />
* '''Source''': Institution (link to preferably the page in Wikidocumentaries, fallback: website) / Platform (link to info page)<br />
<br />
====Example (links not included)====<br />
Elias Öhman's cortege in Kanavakatu, Helsinki, 19 March 1908.<br /><br />
Photographer '''[[#|Anonymous]]''', 1908, '''[[#|Public Domain]]'''.<br /><br />
'''[[#|Helsinki City Museum]]''' / '''[[#|Finna]]'''.<br />
<br />
===Controls and actions===<br />
* '''Ellipsis''' - [[Dropdown]]: '''Actions'''. Any action will add the image metadata to Wikidocumentaries.<br />
** ''Edit image metadata'' > '''Save''' initial [[media metadata]], Save image content to XX, '''Open''' [[Metadata editor]]<br />
** ''Geolocate the image'' > '''Save''' initial [[media metadata]], Save image content to XX, '''Open''' [[Geolocating tool]] <br />
** Discuss the image > Save initial [[media metadata]], Open [[Image viewer]], Start [[Discussion]]<br />
** Select to a collection > Open [[Collection chooser modal]]<br />
** Identify people, places, date... > Open [[Annotation tool]]<br />
** Set as topic's main image<br />
** Set as... > Persistent menu or modal: See opitions in [[Infobox#Commons_media]]<br />
** Download image > Open [[Download modal]]<br />
* Speech bubble - Indicates discussion > Join [[Discussion]]<br />
* POI - Indicates geologation > Open [[Geolocating tool]]<br />
* Question mark - Indicates unidentified people > Open [[Annotation tool]]<br />
* Star - Default empty star > Open [[Collection chooser modal]]<br />
* Cross - Remove from this topic, assign new topic or discard altogether, do not show with this topic anymore<br />
* External - View in original location<br />
<br />
==Search conditions==<br />
===Images listing===<br />
* The search now produces 20 images from each repository. They are not ordered.<br />
<br />
===Search language(s)===<br />
It is important to use search terms in the languages that the repository uses.<br />
* The languages of the repository could be saved as the search languages, in the repository entry in the local Wikibase.<br />
* The topic may have an original language <br />
** nationality --> languages spoken?<br />
<br />
===Keyword search in search language(s)===<br />
* Topic label and aliases.<br />
* Use additional name fields, if available<br />
** official name (P1448)<br />
** birth name (P1477)<br />
** short name (P1813)<br />
** name in native language (P1559)<br />
** pseudonym (P742)<br />
** married name (P2562)<br />
** art-name (P1787)<br />
** posthumous name (P1786)<br />
** codename (P1638)<br />
** alternate names (P4970)<br />
* Use street address (OR)<br />
* Use administrative unit (OPTIONAL)<br />
<br />
===Make use of authority IDs===<br />
<br />
===Limit search to certain fields if necessary===<br />
* Topic search<br />
** Finna.fi: filter[]=~topic_facet:"Topic"<br />
* Creator search<br />
** Finna.fi: The subject is the creator of the image (or the work depicted in the image): filter[]=~author_facet:"Author name"<br />
<br />
===Search by location===<br />
* Finna.fi: The image is within the coordinates of the subject: filter[]={!geofilt sfield=location_geo pt=lat,lon d=dist}:""<br />
* The subject is a location of the image: filter[]=~geographic_facet:"Place name"<br />
<br />
===Filtering===<br />
* Find only certain file types<br />
** Finna.fi<br />
*** The search result is an image: filter[]=~format_ext_str_mv:"0/Image/"<br />
*** The search result is an artwork: filter[]=~format_ext_str_mv:"0/WorkOfArt/"<br />
* Filter out certain file types<br />
** Wikimedia Commons<br />
*** Signatures, flags, sounds, location maps etc. could be filtered out and displayed in other sections instead<br />
<br />
===How to search Wikimedia Commons in general??===<br />
Include subcategories in Wikimedia Commons<br />
* [https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?language=commons&project=wikimedia&depth=10&categories=Rovaniemi&ns%5B6%5D=1&search_max_results=500&interface_language=en&format=json&doit=Do%20it Query]<br />
<br />
===Copyright and licenses===<br />
* Images with no redistribution rights should be filtered out if found.<br />
* Creative Commons NC and ND images could possibly be displayed but they could not be reused, or they could be filtered out altogether.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Images&diff=22580Images2023-02-12T08:03:18Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Arkistokuvia-Sihvonen.png<br />
Arkistokuvia (12).png<br />
Arkistokuvia (11).png<br />
Arkistokuvia-hover.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-imageactions.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-imageremove.png<br />
Arkistokuvia-facet.png<br />
Arkistokuvia (8).png<br />
Arkistokuvia (9).png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Absorbing media from the world's open repositories==<br />
Wikidocumentaries presents Wikimedia content alongside [https://creativecommons.org/share-your-work/public-domain/freeworks Free Cultural Works] from open repositories and allows the user to use their combined information.<br />
<br />
Images are read via API's and displayed in the Images section. The media sources generally include national or transnational GLAM aggregators and APIs of large media institutions.<br />
<br />
The available information is mapped to Wikidocumentaries metadata schema for uniform display. All the information at this stage is generally textual. The user may browse the information in the [[image viewer]].<br />
<br />
The user may import one or more images to Wikimedia Commons, where the media file can be enriched with structured data. The enriched SDC files are displayed alongside all media form the different outlets in the Images display, but they just have extra powers.<br />
<br />
SDC images can be further enriched with tools made available in Wikidocumentaries. Such existing and desired tools include:<br />
* Associating text-based metadata to Wikidata items.<br />
* Annotating regions of the images with Wikidata items.<br />
* Geolocating the images<br />
* Curating media collections<br />
* Creating Wikidocumentaries based on media collections<br />
<br />
The enhanced information will result in for example<br />
* More accurate image results from Wikimedia Commons<br />
* Possibility of automatically creating Wikidocumentaries<br />
<br />
Machine Learning opportunities<br />
* Train to recognize the API output and map it to Wikidocumentaries schema<br />
<br />
Images module is different from the [[Gallery]] module, as the Images module focuses on single images, whereas galleries contain items.<br />
<br />
==Choosing the main image==<br />
# Image P18 in the Wikidata item<br />
# Main image in one of the related Wikipedia articles<br />
# The first image in the images listing, not a pdf<br />
<br />
==Image grid==<br />
* The result set is displayed in a '''justified view'''. Use the Flickr grid code [https://codekraft-studio.github.io/vue-justified-layout/ available for Vue here]? The script requires the image dimensions to be known to produce the grid. Can we get any of this info in the API results or must we wait until we have the images loaded?<br />
* 60vh and two rows of images are displayed and more can be viewed (by scrolling horizontally or by querying more images gradually).<br />
* Possibility to open a separate '''Images discovery window''' for browsing images in a full page window. <br />
* '''Rephoto''' and original photograph are displayed as a pair.<br />
* '''Adding images''' via an action in the Images toolbar Actions menu. > Add image tool / modal?<br />
<br />
==Image tasks==<br />
* '''Grouping''' – Select a group of photos that were shot at the same occasion<br />
** Could be automatically suggested by exif data?<br />
** Creates a collection, which is tagged with all appropriate properties and displayed in either the image section or a collections section<br />
* Record common disambiguation items and tag those images.<br />
** When anyone removes an image from the collection and gives the correct topic to link to, this topic is saved in the "Different from" property.<br />
* Select images for the header<br />
** These images can be used as item images in Wikidata. Other specific types of images can also be tagged (night view, coat of arms, flag, image of the grave...)<br />
<br />
==Module toolbar==<br />
<br />
===View===<br />
* View <br />
** on a map<br />
** on a timeline<br />
<br />
===[[File:UniE015 - elipses.png]] Actions===<br />
[[File:Images Actions no selection.png|right]]<br />
====when no images have been selected====<br />
* Select images<br />
<br />
[[File:Images Actions with selection.png|right]]<br />
<br />
====when some images have been selected for an action====<br />
* Reset selection<br />
* Remove images from this topic > (submenu)<br />
** Add correct tags (modal)<br />
** Flag the images (modal)<br />
** Remove from this topic<br />
* Add tags to the selected > (modal)<br />
* Add to a collection ><br />
<br />
===[[File:UniE006 - funnel.png|24px]] Facet and sort===<br />
Images can be filtered based on their properties. Initially everything is selected. Selections filter out content. UI for selecting has not been fully developed. Unselected may be dimmed or selected may be highlighted. It must be possible to make several choices. There must be a way to see the full selection of properties. Reset by section may be needed. Number of images by facet is needed. Sorting uses the same controls, and is attached to only a few properties. Sorting by location means sorting by distance. Sorting by several criteria has not been defined.<br />
<br />
[[File:Arkistokuvia header facet.png|1000px]]<br />
<br />
The result set can be faceted and sorted.<br />
* Restrict by<br />
** Time<br />
** Location<br />
* Filter/facet by<br />
** Depicted<br />
*** People<br />
*** Topics<br />
*** Places (hierarchical presentation)<br />
** Wikimedia Commons classes or most used Wikidata links. To be explored.<br />
** Image qualities<br />
*** Image size<br />
*** Image orientation<br />
*** ''colour''<br />
** Content types<br />
*** Photograph<br />
*** Map<br />
*** Graphic<br />
*** Painting<br />
*** Rephoto<br />
** Creator<br />
** Source platform<br />
** Source institution<br />
* Sort by<br />
** Time<br />
** Proximity<br />
** Creator<br />
* Save search criteria as a dynamic collection<br />
* Reset selection<br />
<br />
===Find===<br />
Free text find<br />
<br />
==Image==<br />
<gallery mode=packed heights=200><br />
Image with basic actions.png|Image with basic actions (normal state). Clicking the image opens the image in the [[Image viewer]]. Clicking on the external button opens the image in it's original location.<br />
Image with caption.png|Image with a caption (hover state). Use gradient shadow in the background.Structured data is presented with links.<br />
Image romove reasons.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<gallery mode=packed heights=200><br />
Image actions.png|Image actions are available through the Actions menu. Any action will add the image metadata to Wikidocumentaries.<br />
Image with all icons.png|Image with all icons. Indicators show which data is attached to the image. The respective tools can be accessed directly by clicking on the icon in addition to navigating through the Actions menu. <br />
Image with no actions allowed.png|Image with no actions allowed. It is possible to display images that are not permissively licensed, but they cannot and will not be enriched.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
===Caption===<br />
* '''Title/caption''': Title<br />
* '''Attribution''': Role & Creator (can be many, with link to topic page if possible)), date (year), license (with link)<br />
* '''Source''': Institution (link to preferably the page in Wikidocumentaries, fallback: website) / Platform (link to info page)<br />
<br />
====Example (links not included)====<br />
Elias Öhman's cortege in Kanavakatu, Helsinki, 19 March 1908.<br /><br />
Photographer '''[[#|Anonymous]]''', 1908, '''[[#|Public Domain]]'''.<br /><br />
'''[[#|Helsinki City Museum]]''' / '''[[#|Finna]]'''.<br />
<br />
===Controls and actions===<br />
* '''Ellipsis''' - [[Dropdown]]: '''Actions'''. Any action will add the image metadata to Wikidocumentaries.<br />
** ''Edit image metadata'' > '''Save''' initial [[media metadata]], Save image content to XX, '''Open''' [[Metadata editor]]<br />
** ''Geolocate the image'' > '''Save''' initial [[media metadata]], Save image content to XX, '''Open''' [[Geolocating tool]] <br />
** Discuss the image > Save initial [[media metadata]], Open [[Image viewer]], Start [[Discussion]]<br />
** Select to a collection > Open [[Collection chooser modal]]<br />
** Identify people, places, date... > Open [[Annotation tool]]<br />
** Set as topic's main image<br />
** Set as... > Persistent menu or modal: See opitions in [[Infobox#Commons_media]]<br />
** Download image > Open [[Download modal]]<br />
* Speech bubble - Indicates discussion > Join [[Discussion]]<br />
* POI - Indicates geologation > Open [[Geolocating tool]]<br />
* Question mark - Indicates unidentified people > Open [[Annotation tool]]<br />
* Star - Default empty star > Open [[Collection chooser modal]]<br />
* Cross - Remove from this topic, assign new topic or discard altogether, do not show with this topic anymore<br />
* External - View in original location<br />
<br />
==Search conditions==<br />
===Images listing===<br />
* The search now produces 20 images from each repository. They are not ordered.<br />
<br />
===Search language(s)===<br />
It is important to use search terms in the languages that the repository uses.<br />
* The languages of the repository could be saved as the search languages, in the repository entry in the local Wikibase.<br />
* The topic may have an original language <br />
** nationality --> languages spoken?<br />
<br />
===Keyword search in search language(s)===<br />
* Topic label and aliases.<br />
* Use additional name fields, if available<br />
** official name (P1448)<br />
** birth name (P1477)<br />
** short name (P1813)<br />
** name in native language (P1559)<br />
** pseudonym (P742)<br />
** married name (P2562)<br />
** art-name (P1787)<br />
** posthumous name (P1786)<br />
** codename (P1638)<br />
** alternate names (P4970)<br />
* Use street address (OR)<br />
* Use administrative unit (OPTIONAL)<br />
<br />
===Make use of authority IDs===<br />
<br />
===Limit search to certain fields if necessary===<br />
* Topic search<br />
** Finna.fi: filter[]=~topic_facet:"Topic"<br />
* Creator search<br />
** Finna.fi: The subject is the creator of the image (or the work depicted in the image): filter[]=~author_facet:"Author name"<br />
<br />
===Search by location===<br />
* Finna.fi: The image is within the coordinates of the subject: filter[]={!geofilt sfield=location_geo pt=lat,lon d=dist}:""<br />
* The subject is a location of the image: filter[]=~geographic_facet:"Place name"<br />
<br />
===Filtering===<br />
* Find only certain file types<br />
** Finna.fi<br />
*** The search result is an image: filter[]=~format_ext_str_mv:"0/Image/"<br />
*** The search result is an artwork: filter[]=~format_ext_str_mv:"0/WorkOfArt/"<br />
* Filter out certain file types<br />
** Wikimedia Commons<br />
*** Signatures, flags, sounds, location maps etc. could be filtered out and displayed in other sections instead<br />
<br />
===How to search Wikimedia Commons in general??===<br />
Include subcategories in Wikimedia Commons<br />
* [https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?language=commons&project=wikimedia&depth=10&categories=Rovaniemi&ns%5B6%5D=1&search_max_results=500&interface_language=en&format=json&doit=Do%20it Query]<br />
<br />
===Copyright and licenses===<br />
* Images with no redistribution rights should be filtered out if found.<br />
* Creative Commons NC and ND images could possibly be displayed but they could not be reused, or they could be filtered out altogether.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22579Article2023-02-12T07:37:25Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Scenario: Wikidocumentaries article data */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described below.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Toolbar items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Actions that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Create new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''One of the initial ideas of Wikidocumentaries has been to allow creating items and articles on topics that are hard to include in Wikipedias or Wikidata. The federated architecture of Wikibases would make that possible. Items could be added to the local Wikibase and articles created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki.''<br />
<br />
''By observing the possible use cases over the years, it has become obvious that most of the projects would like to have their own dedicated system for their own use and share what they find suitable instead of contributing to Wikidocumentaries. Therefore it is worth downplaying Wikidocumentaries as the only connected repository and include the whole landscape of connected repositories from the start.''<br />
<br />
''The following scenario outlines the challenges of having multilingual articles in a single wiki and combining them with the Wikidocumentaries architecture.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Storing multilingual articles in a Wikibase''===<br />
* ''All language versions of a multilingual article are stored as separate wiki pages in a wiki. To be investigated if the current architecture with multilingual pages is viable.''<br />
* ''Options for storing in the Wikibase''<br />
** ''Each of the pages (articles) will have their individual entries in the Wikibase''<br />
** ''Language versions of articles can be added to the Wikibase using the modified sitelinks feature.''<br />
* ''Navigating the articles in different languages in the MediaWiki interface needs a solution to connect them together.''<br />
* ''The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Wikidocumentaries article data''===<br />
''What data to store about an article in the Wikidocumentaries database.''<br />
* ''Articles about Wikidocumentaries topics''<br />
** ''Topic id (Wikidata)''<br />
** ''Language id''<br />
** ''Translatable title''<br />
* ''Information to allow linking it to specific topics:''<br />
** ''Items depicted in the article''<br />
** ''Date depicted by the article''<br />
** ''Locations depicted by the article''<br />
** ''Author of the article.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Testimonials not edited collaboratively''===<br />
* ''For testimonials, it is necessary to have an option to create texts that others cannot modify.''<br />
* ''The link to the contributor is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made purposefully public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Tooling, technology''===<br />
* ''The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.''<br />
* ''Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.''<br />
* ''Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be modified for the purpose?''<br />
* ''Enable the use of [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.''<br />
* ''When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.''<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22578Article2023-02-12T07:35:55Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Scenario: Wikidocumentaries article data */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described below.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Toolbar items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Actions that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Create new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''One of the initial ideas of Wikidocumentaries has been to allow creating items and articles on topics that are hard to include in Wikipedias or Wikidata. The federated architecture of Wikibases would make that possible. Items could be added to the local Wikibase and articles created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki.''<br />
<br />
''By observing the possible use cases over the years, it has become obvious that most of the projects would like to have their own dedicated system for their own use and share what they find suitable instead of contributing to Wikidocumentaries. Therefore it is worth downplaying Wikidocumentaries as the only connected repository and include the whole landscape of connected repositories from the start.''<br />
<br />
''The following scenario outlines the challenges of having multilingual articles in a single wiki and combining them with the Wikidocumentaries architecture.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Storing multilingual articles in a Wikibase''===<br />
* ''All language versions of a multilingual article are stored as separate wiki pages in a wiki. To be investigated if the current architecture with multilingual pages is viable.''<br />
* ''Options for storing in the Wikibase''<br />
** ''Each of the pages (articles) will have their individual entries in the Wikibase''<br />
** ''Language versions of articles can be added to the Wikibase using the modified sitelinks feature.''<br />
* ''Navigating the articles in different languages in the MediaWiki interface needs a solution to connect them together.''<br />
* ''The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Wikidocumentaries article data''===<br />
''What data to store about an article in the Wikidocumentaries database.''<br />
* ''Articles about Wikidocumentaries topics''<br />
** ''Topic id (Wikidata)''<br />
** ''Language id''<br />
** ''Translatable title''<br />
* ''Testimonial articles''<br />
** ''Items depicted in the article''<br />
** ''Date depicted by the article''<br />
** ''Locations depicted by the article''<br />
** ''Author of the article.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Testimonials not edited collaboratively''===<br />
* ''For testimonials, it is necessary to have an option to create texts that others cannot modify.''<br />
* ''The link to the contributor is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made purposefully public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Tooling, technology''===<br />
* ''The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.''<br />
* ''Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.''<br />
* ''Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be modified for the purpose?''<br />
* ''Enable the use of [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.''<br />
* ''When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.''<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22577Article2023-02-12T07:35:41Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described below.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Toolbar items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Actions that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Create new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''One of the initial ideas of Wikidocumentaries has been to allow creating items and articles on topics that are hard to include in Wikipedias or Wikidata. The federated architecture of Wikibases would make that possible. Items could be added to the local Wikibase and articles created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki.''<br />
<br />
''By observing the possible use cases over the years, it has become obvious that most of the projects would like to have their own dedicated system for their own use and share what they find suitable instead of contributing to Wikidocumentaries. Therefore it is worth downplaying Wikidocumentaries as the only connected repository and include the whole landscape of connected repositories from the start.''<br />
<br />
''The following scenario outlines the challenges of having multilingual articles in a single wiki and combining them with the Wikidocumentaries architecture.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Storing multilingual articles in a Wikibase''===<br />
* ''All language versions of a multilingual article are stored as separate wiki pages in a wiki. To be investigated if the current architecture with multilingual pages is viable.''<br />
* ''Options for storing in the Wikibase''<br />
** ''Each of the pages (articles) will have their individual entries in the Wikibase''<br />
** ''Language versions of articles can be added to the Wikibase using the modified sitelinks feature.''<br />
* ''Navigating the articles in different languages in the MediaWiki interface needs a solution to connect them together.''<br />
* ''The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Wikidocumentaries article data''===<br />
''What data to store about an article in the Wikidocumentaries database.''<br />
* ''Articles about Wikidocumentaries topics''<br />
** ''Topic id (Wikidata)''<br />
** ''Language id''<br />
** ''Translatable title''<br />
* ''Testimonial articles''<br />
** ''Items depicted in the article''<br />
** ''Date depicted by the article''<br />
** ''Locations depicted by the article''<br />
** ''Author of the article.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Testimonials not edited collaboratively''<br />
* ''For testimonials, it is necessary to have an option to create texts that others cannot modify.''<br />
* ''The link to the contributor is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made purposefully public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Tooling, technology''===<br />
* ''The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.''<br />
* ''Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.''<br />
* ''Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be modified for the purpose?''<br />
* ''Enable the use of [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.''<br />
* ''When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.''<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22576Article2023-02-12T07:14:36Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described below.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Toolbar items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Actions that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Create new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''One of the initial ideas of Wikidocumentaries has been to allow creating items and articles on topics that are hard to include in Wikipedias or Wikidata. The federated architecture of Wikibases would make that possible. Items could be added to the local Wikibase and articles created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki.''<br />
<br />
''By observing the possible use cases over the years, it has become obvious that most of the projects would like to have a dedicated system for their own use and share what they find suitable instead of contributing to Wikidocumentaries. Therefore it is worth downplaying Wikidocumentaries as the only connected repository and include the whole landscape of connected repositories from the start.''<br />
<br />
''The following scenario outlines the challenges of having multilingual articles in a single wiki and combining them with the Wikidocumentaries architecture.<br />
<br />
''''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22575Article2023-02-12T07:03:25Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Toolbar */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described below.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Toolbar items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Actions that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Create new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22574Article2023-02-12T07:03:06Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Article actions */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described below.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Actions that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Create new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22573Article2023-02-12T07:02:38Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Status: Creating a new article */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described below.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Create new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22572Article2023-02-12T07:01:33Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: </p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described below.''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Status: Creating a new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22571Article2023-02-12T07:00:22Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Scenario: Navigating via missing links */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
''See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]''<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described above.''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Status: Creating a new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22570Article2023-02-12T07:00:05Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Scenario: Navigating via missing links */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Highlighting named entities with missing links''===<br />
''The interface could by default highlight named entities that are found on Wikidata and can be navigated to with Wikidocumentaries. Navigating would be done like described above.''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Status: Creating a new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22569Article2023-02-12T06:57:27Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Scenario: Navigating via missing links */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
See below [[#Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article]]<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Status: Creating a new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22568Article2023-02-12T06:56:22Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Scenario: Navigating via missing links */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
See below<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Status: Creating a new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22567Article2023-02-12T06:53:55Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Article tasks */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Status: Creating a new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22566Article2023-02-12T06:53:32Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* How should the local articles be managed? */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Status: Creating a new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==''Scenario: Local articles in Wikidocumentaries wiki''==<br />
''Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.''<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäshttps://wikidocumentaries.wmcloud.org/w/index.php?title=Article&diff=22565Article2023-02-12T06:52:17Z<p>Susanna Ånäs: /* Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article */</p>
<hr />
<div><gallery mode=slideshow><br />
Wikit small en.png|On each topic page, the article and data section are presented first after the header image.<br />
Wikit-expand.png|The article can be expanded to be read it in its entirety.<br />
Wikit-expanded.png|In the expanded view images are larger and there's more empty space around the article.<br />
Wikit redlink small en.png|'''Missing link feature''': Redlinks can link to Wikidocumentaries topic pages if the link makes a search in Wikidata.<br />
Wikit-highlight.png|The same can be done with highlighted text.<br />
Wikit-highlight-link.png|The edit box is used to trying different spelling variations.<br />
Wikipedia Actions.png|Different tools can be placed under the Actions menu<br />
collectlinks1.png|'''Collect links tool''': The links can be navigated with the arrows above the link text. To be able to see behind the popup, the popup can be hidden from a button or by toggling by clicking on the link itself (TBD). If there is no connection between the items (the page topic and the link topic), the popup opens in edit mode, else in list mode.<br />
collectlinks2.png|The user is asked to type in the property. A popup with possible properties opens, and the user can select the correct property. If the property direction is from the link topic to the page topic, it cannot be added in this view.<br />
collectlinks3.png|The user can accept this or continue to add qualifiers. When the entry is accepted, the data is added to Wikidata, and the source will automatically be set to the Wikipedia page. There can be an additional dialog asking if the reverse statement can also be added.<br />
collectlinks4.png|After accepting the popup is displayed in list mode. The list displays all properties between the topic of the page and the topic of the link.<br />
collectlinks5.png|Any of the statement can be edited or removed (TBD)<br />
collectlinks6.png|After clicking on the edit button, the popup is in edit mode. It displays only the statement that was selected by the user. Possible additional statements are only displayed in the list mode. The user start entering qualifiers.<br />
collectlinks7.png|Qualifier properties are selected in the same way as the properties. Most relevant properties are displayed by default.<br />
collectlinks8.png|The value will be added to the next input field. Depending on the property, the input method will vary.<br />
collectlinks9.png|The qualifiers are displayed in the list mode as well.<br />
Article.png|If the article is missing for the current topic in the user's language, a note is shown for different options.<br />
Wikis-compact-readinanotherlanguage.png|The language menu shows all existing articles in different languages.<br />
Wikis-compact-translated.png|Only the article is shown in a different language, while the UI remains in the user's language.<br />
Wikis-compact-translatearticle.png|Going back to the language menu allows translating the article to the user's language in Content Translate tool.<br />
Wikit-nolanguage.png|If there is no article in any language, the user could still start a new article in the home wiki.<br />
Wikit auto small en.png|The Abstratct Wikipedia project will provide an opportunity to show a generated article to meet the needs of the user, or to act as a starting point for a new article.<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==Article==<br />
===Article content===<br />
Currently, Wikidocumentaries displays the Wikipedia article about the topic when the item exists in Wikidata. When the project is developed, it could display articles from other sources as well<br />
* Wikidocumentaries own wiki if the item is created in the Wikidocumentaries wiki or if an item is from a federated Wikibase that does not use articles. See further down the section on it.<br />
* It has been proposed, that Wikisource original material could be displayed in the space for the article. [https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jZe4SjevxgqzGvE_bfWSkc28DRPoRQaXMRgDJgM6hLU/edit#slide=id.gf64e3a6e9c_0_0 See the proposal].<br />
* Sometimes authority sources have articles that could also be displayed.<br />
* Personal point-of-view testimonials about a topic could be categorized as being displayed in this space or in their own component. A separate space might be good to avoid confusion between neutral pov and subjective ones.<br />
<br />
The sources could be displayed in a fallback order, and if there were more than one candidate, they could be added to a menu.<br />
<br />
===Languages===<br />
The article is initially displayed in the user's language. The user is given the option to view the article in another language while the interface stays in the user's language.<br />
<br />
The article area displays a message when the related Wikipedia article does not exist<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in the user's language but exists in another<br />
# Message if the article does not exist in any language<br />
# Message if the user wishes to see an automatically created article. With [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Abstract_Wikipedia Abstract Wikipedia], the article can be automatically created from facts.<br />
<br />
When we are capable of storing user information, we could set a language fallback chain and use it for displaying the articles.<br />
<br />
===Layout===<br />
The article is displayed in compact and expanded modes.<br />
* In the compact mode, the article's beginning is displayed. The layout takes full width of the browser page.<br />
* When expanded, the article is displayed in a reader-friendly layout with tables and large images. Many templates remain unreadable, because they are custom-built in each Wikipedia. Images could open full-screen like this https://fat.github.io/zoom.js/. The code exists for Vue for example https://popmotion.io/pose/learn/vue-tutorial-medium-style-image-zoom/, https://codesandbox.io/s/github/francoischalifour/medium-zoom/tree/master/examples/vue?view=preview<br />
<br />
===Links===<br />
* Links in Wikipedia articles are redirected to Wikidocumentaries pages based on Wikidata QIDs. See [[linking]]. <br />
** Problem cases in Wikipedia: Page redirects, links to other namespaces than articles.<br />
* Red links are currently not displayed as links. They could trigger a label search function in Wikidata. The same method could be applied for arbitrarily selected text. The resulting link could be saved for adding to the Wikipedia article, but it would be useful also without saving. This would be some kind of annotation mechanism, see also [https://www.w3.org/annotation/ W3C Web Annotation recommendations].<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Navigating via missing links''===<br />
''When a Wikipedia article does not exist for an item mentioned in the text, or has not been linked, it would be pretty easy to present a search pulldown to allow navigating to other items without the need to save any data. It would work with''<br />
* ''Red links''<br />
* ''Selected text''<br />
* ''Named entities''<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
Those items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Edit-button / Plus-button===<br />
One button is dedicated to linking to the article on the source.<br />
<br />
For Wikipedia articles<br />
* "External link" symbol is displayed for viewing or editing the article in Wikipedia.<br />
* ''If other sources are included, the icon could change accordingly. The alternative sources could also form a pulldown list.''<br />
* If the article is missing from Wikipedia in the user's language, the "Plus" icon is used.<br />
** Wikidocumentaries can be viewed in languages that Wikidata supports, even if there is no Wikipedia in that language. The missing article action produces an error in cases where there is no Wikipedia in that language. <br />
** An intermediate step would be useful where the article names could be decided according to the target Wikipedia's practices before directing to the article creation page. See [[#Article actions|Article actions]]<br />
<br />
===Languages menu===<br />
* List of links to all articles language version regardless of user settings or site translations.<br />
* All languages are displayed in a scrollable list<br />
* Display a link to Content Translate, when displaying the article in another language, and the user's language article does not exist.<br />
<br />
===Actions menu===<br />
* ''[[#Article tasks|Tasks]] of picking the links in the text and adding to Wikidata''<br />
<br />
===Expand article===<br />
* Button is placed below the article. When clicked, it displays the full article and moves the Wikidata block to the end of the article.<br />
<br />
==Article actions==<br />
Items that do not yet exist are written in oblique.<br />
<br />
===Status: Creating a new article===<br />
When the article does not exist in Wikipedia, the user may choose to create it. The current action is a link in the plus-button that goes directly to edit an article by the Wikidata name of the item in the current Wikipedia. This is always not desirable.<br />
* The article name may be used for another topic<br />
* The article name may be a disambiguation page<br />
* The article name may be a redirect.<br />
<br />
===''Scenario: Creating new articles''===<br />
<br />
''There should be an intermediate step before entering the target Wikipedia for selecting or confirming the correct article title and maybe also a category for the article.''<br />
<br />
# ''Dialog before entering Wikipedia''<br />
# ''Alert for title conflicts or confirmation for conflict-free title''<br />
# ''Options for conflict-free article titles''<br />
# ''Confirm and proceed to creating the article''<br />
<br />
====''Title options''====<br />
# ''Use the topic title as the primary option. The best-known title for the topic should already have been chosen for it in Wikidata.''<br />
# ''If the article name is already used for another topic''<br />
#* ''Display alternative values with a clarifying extension to choose from. The format may vary according to the project. By default, use parenthesis to include additional information.''<br />
#** ''The value of P131, located in administrative entity. If that is too specific, display the P131 of that entity.''<br />
#** ''Display the P31 value as an alternative. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#** ''If there are several P31 or P131 values, display all of them as separate options.''<br />
#** ''For human topics, use the profession P106. If that is too specific, display the superclass of that item.''<br />
#* ''Add title manually.''<br />
# ''For a redirect... In this case the community might have decided not to grant an article for this topic. Be cautious. Take over the redirect page for the article.''<br />
#* ''Display an option to create the page.''<br />
#* ''Overwrite redirect.''<br />
# ''For a disambiguation page''<br />
#* ''Display the available title options''<br />
#* ''Prompt to edit the information on the disambiguation page.''<br />
<br />
====''Propose a category for the article''====<br />
* ''The item likely has very little information to go with initially, querying Wikidata for suggestions:''<br />
** ''Category for the P131, located in administrative entity''<br />
** ''Categories for the items in the "Similar items" component''<br />
* ''Prompt the user to add at least one category''<br />
<br />
<br />
<gallery heights=200 mode=slideshow><br />
New article.png<br />
Newarticle disambig.png<br />
Newarticle redirect.png<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
==''Article tasks''==<br />
''Tasks for article have not been created yet. Here are some ideas. See also [[Tasks]].''<br />
<add image><br />
===''Scenario: Add new Wikidata statement by picking them from the Wikipedia article''===<br />
''In this scenario, the user skims through links in the Wikipedia article and adds them as statements to Wikidata. The same method could be used for red links''<br />
<br />
Steps<br />
# User chooses to work on the task by selecting it in the Tasks menu<br />
# The user can move between links and red links with the tab key. In addition, they can choose any text by highlighting with the mouse.<br />
# The dialog that opens, presents a triplet.<br />
# The triplet parts can be modified:<br />
#* The subject is by default the page subject. However, the triplet can be reversed.<br />
#* The object is by default the link target.<br />
#** The target for the red link or freely chosen text needs to be selected from a list of options.<br />
#** The list is queried from Wikidata.<br />
#** An option to create a new item needs to be given<br />
#* The predicate is one of Wikidata properties that can be selected. Some preselaction could take place.<br />
# The statement is confirmed, and the Wikipedia page is quoted as the source, and the user is added as the statement creator.<br />
<br />
Further features<br />
* Recognize and highlight unlinked named entities automatically.<br />
<br />
==How should the local articles be managed?==<br />
Local articles for topics that only exist in Wikidocumentaries could be created in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* All language versions of a Wikidocumentaries article are stored as separate wiki pages in Wikidocumentaries.<br />
* Articles will have entries in the Wikibase to be able to connect them to different topics and language versions or they can be added using the modified sitelinks feature.<br />
* Navigating the articles in different languages in the Wikidocumentaries MediaWiki needs a solution to connect them together.<br />
* The user should be able to use a modified [[Visual Editor]] to edit (local) articles. It needs to be modified to support bespoke linking. This is a more general [[federation]] need.<br />
<br />
===Wikidocumentaries article data===<br />
What is the data to be saved about an article in Wikidocumentaries database.<br />
* Topic articles<br />
** Topic id<br />
** Language id<br />
** Article location (If the articles are arranged in a hierarchical tree structure, then an additional title will be needed. Should be more flexible that way.<br />
** Translatable title<br />
* Testimonial articles<br />
** Depicted items --> Could also investigate existing Wikidata properties<br />
** Depicted date<br />
** Depicted location<br />
** Author (these are not collaboratively editable). The link to a user is not a Wikibase entry for privacy reasons unless made public --> How to handle. Start with an easy solution.<br />
<br />
===Tooling, technology===<br />
* The article should be translatable (local file to local file), preferably with Content Translate.<br />
* Visual editor should be extended with a gadget that can make links based on Wikidata entries rather than local wiki links.<br />
* Wikibase should be able to maintain an index of translations of an article. Can sitelinks be recycled?<br />
* Enable the use [[Visual Editor]] locally to edit the article and links. It will need to be modified to meet the local needs.<br />
* When displaying items that exist in Wikidocumentaries only, the article would also be created in the local wiki. Later, when the local item gets imported to Wikidata, the resulting articles could be imported or merged with Wikipedias. This is a very difficult challenge, and a notification might be enough for volunteers to do the merge manually.<br />
<br />
{{Design-nav}}</div>Susanna Ånäs